Lesson-4 2

Lesson 1: Introduction to Reinforced Concrete Design
What is a Reinforced Concrete?
 Concrete and Reinforced Concrete
 Concrete is a mixture of sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other aggregates held together in a
rock like mass with a paste of cement and water
 Reinforced Concrete is a combination of concrete and steel where in the steel reinforcement
provides the tensile strength lacking in the concrete.
By dictionary:
Reinforcement - the action or process of reinforcing or strengthening.
 Advantages of Reinforced Concrete as a Structural Material
 It has considerable compressive strength per unit cost.

 Reinforced concrete has great resistance to the actions of fire and water
 Reinforced concrete structures are very rigid.
 It is a low-maintenance material.
 It has a very long service life.
 It is usually the only economical material available for footings, floor slabs, basement walls,
piers, and similar applications.
Design Codes
 American Concrete Institute (ACI)

 International Building Code (IBC)
 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
 National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP)
Properties of Concrete (Section 419 - NSCP 2015)
 The compressive strength of concrete, 𝒇 𝒄 , is determined by testing to failure 28-day-old 6-in. diameter
by 12-in. concrete cylinders at a specified rate of loading
 Although concretes are available with 28-day ultimate strengths from 2500 psi up to as high as 10,000 psi
to 20,000 psi, most of the concretes used fall into the 3000-psi to 7000-psi range.
RC-1 Page 1
 Modulus of Elasticity of Concrete, 𝑬𝒄
 Concrete has no clear-cut modulus of elasticity. Its value varies with different concrete strengths, concrete age,
type of loading, and the characteristics and proportions of the cement and aggregates.
 Elastic modulus quantifies a material's resistance to non-permanent, or elastic deformation.
 Modulus of Rupture, 𝒇𝒓
RC-1 Page 2
Steel Reinforcement (Section 420 - NSCP 2015)
 The reinforcing used for concrete structures may be in the form of bars or welded wire fabric. Reinforcing bars are
referred to us plain or deformed.
 Standards
 Bar Sizes
 Commercial Length
 Grades
RC-1 Page 3
Introduction to Loads
 Dead Loads
 Dead loads are loads of constant magnitude that remain in one position. They
include the weight of the structure under consideration as well as any fixtures that
are permanently attached to it.
 See Section 204 NSCP 2015
 Table 204-2 Minimum Design Dead Loads
 Live Loads
 Live loads are loads that can change in magnitude and position. They include
occupancy loads, warehouse materials, construction loads, overhead service cranes,
equipment operating loads, and many others. In general, they are induced by
gravity.
 See Section 205 NSCP 2015
 Table 205-1, 205-2 Minimum Uniform and Concentrated Live Loads
 Environmental Loads
 Environmental loads are loads caused by the environment in which the structure is
located.
 Snow and ice.
 Rain.
 Wind.
 Seismic loads
Combination of Loads (Section 203 - NSCP 2015)
RC-1 Page 4
RC-1 Page 5
RC-1 Page 6
Lesson 2 : Flexural Analysis on Beams
Three distinct stages before collapse occurs:

 Uncracked Concrete Stages
 Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage
 Ultimate-Strength Stage
I. Uncracked Concrete Stages

 Stresses are less than modulus of rupture (the bending tensile stress at which the concrete begins to crack)
⎯⎯⎯
𝒇𝒄 < 𝒇𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟐𝝀 𝒇 𝒄
 Beams starts to resist bending
II. Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage
 𝑴𝒄𝒓 - Cracking Moment
 Tensile stress at the bottom equals modulus of rupture 𝒇𝒔 = 𝒇𝒓
 The compression stress at the top is less that 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒇𝒄 < 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄
 Steel stress is less than yield stress 𝒇𝒔 < 𝒇𝒚
Fy = Yielding stress means this point was reach before the beam fails
 In this stage, it reach the cracking moment that’s why there are cracks present in the tension side of our beam.
Also, the steel on this stage will resist tension because the concrete does not resist the crack anymore .
 The cracks occur at those places along the beam where the actual moment is greater than the cracking moment
 To compute the concrete and steel stresses in this range, the transformed-area method
III. Ultimate-strength Stage
 As the load is increased further so that the compressive stresses are greater than 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄, the tensile cracks move
farther upward, as does the neutral axis, and the concrete compression stresses begin to change appreciably from a
straight line.
𝒇𝒄 > 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄 but not greater than 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
 Yield stress as approached

𝒇𝒔 = 𝒇𝒚
RC-1 Page 7
Ultimate-strength Stage
• Steel stress will be equal to yield stress.
Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage

 At the moment that the tensile part cracks, the curvature will suddenly increase because the
crack will bring different form the concrete.
 As the moment increases from where the tensile concrete cracks up to where the
reinforcing bars yield, we call this part as the service moment or working load range. At this
stage most of the live load are present.
Uncracked stage
• As the beam resist bending moment is getting high from zero up to the point it will reach the
cracking moment and also at this stage the curvature or bending is getting high.
How to solve the Cracking Moment , 𝑴𝒄𝒓 (Uncracked Concrete Stages)
Note: If 𝑀 . < 𝑀 means no cracked on the beam
From the Flexure Bending Formula:
𝑴·𝒚 where: 𝑓 = bending stress

𝒇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑀 = bending moment equal or less than cracking moment
𝑰𝒈
𝐼 = gross moment inertia
𝑦 = distance from neutral axis
thus,
where: 𝑓 = modulus of rapture
𝒇𝒓 · 𝑰𝒈 𝑦 = distance from centroidal axis to its extreme fibers in tension
𝑴𝒄𝒓 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝐼 = gross moment inertia
𝒚𝒕
NSCP 2015:
⎯⎯⎯
𝒇𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟐 𝝀 𝒇𝒄
𝝀 = 0.75 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒

= 1.0 𝑛𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑙 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒
Problem 2.1
⎯⎯⎯
Determine the cracking moment for the section shown if 𝑓 𝑐 = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and the modulus of rapture is 𝒇𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟐𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 with
𝑓 𝑐 is MPa.
Given:
RC-1 Page 8
𝑓 𝑐 = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑏 = 350 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 600 𝑚𝑚
𝜆 = 1.0
𝑦 = 300 𝑚𝑚
Solution:
𝑏ℎ 350 𝑚𝑚 (600𝑚𝑚)
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 6,300,000,000 𝑚𝑚
12 12
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑓 = 0.62𝜆 𝑓 𝑐 =
. 0.62(1.0)√28 𝑀𝑃𝑎 = 3.281 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 ·𝐼
𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑦 Note: 1 𝑀𝑃𝑎 = 1 ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑁
3.281 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯▪630𝑥10 𝑚𝑚 1 𝑘𝑁 1𝑚
𝑀 𝑚𝑚
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 68, 901,000 𝑁 − 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
300 𝑚𝑚 1000 𝑁 1000 𝑚
𝑚
𝑴𝒄𝒓 = 𝟔𝟖. 𝟗𝟎𝟏 𝒌𝑵 − 𝒎
Problem 2.2
From the given figure below,

 Compute the bending stresses in the extreme fibers of the beam for a bending moment of 37 kN-m. The normal weight concrete has
an 𝑓 𝑐 = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
 Determine the cracking moment of the section.
Given:
𝑓 𝑐 = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑀 = 37 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 500 𝑚𝑚
𝜆 = 1.0
𝑦 = 250 𝑚𝑚
𝑑 = 420 𝑚𝑚
𝐶 = 80 𝑚𝑚
Solution:
𝑏ℎ 300 𝑚𝑚 (500𝑚𝑚)
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 3,125𝑥10 𝑚𝑚
12 12
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑓 = 0.62𝜆 𝑓 𝑐 =
. 0.62(1.0)√28 𝑀𝑃𝑎 = 3.281 𝑀𝑃𝑎
a.)
1𝑥10 𝑁 · 1𝑥10 𝑚𝑚
𝑀·𝑦 37 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(250 𝑚𝑚)
1 𝑘𝑁 · 1𝑚
𝑓 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 3,125𝑥10 𝑚𝑚
𝒇 = 𝟐. 𝟗𝟔 𝑴𝑷𝒂 𝒇 is less than 𝒇𝒓 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑐𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑘𝑒𝑑.
b.)
𝑓 ·𝐼
𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑦 Note: 1 𝑀𝑃𝑎 = 1 ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑁
3.281 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯▪3,125𝑥10 𝑚𝑚 1 𝑘𝑁 1𝑚
𝑀 𝑚𝑚
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 41,012,500 𝑁 − 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
250 𝑚𝑚 1000 𝑁 1000 𝑚
𝑴𝒄𝒓 = 𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝒌𝑵 − 𝒎
𝑴 = 𝟑𝟕 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 < 𝑴𝒄𝒓 = 𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒆, 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒓𝒂𝒄𝒌𝒆𝒅.
Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage - Solving using Transformed Section
 Concrete on tensile side is cracked (unable to resist tension)

 Reinforcing bars on tensile side begin to pick up tension
 Strain in concrete and steel will be equal at equal distances from the neutral axis but
stresses are not the same thus, the introduction of modular ratio, n
 Modular Ratio, n
RC-1 Page 9
𝑬𝒔 𝐸 − 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙
𝒏 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝑬𝑪 𝐸 − 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒
n𝐴 − 𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎

−𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎
𝑓
⎯⎯− 𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙
𝑛
 Steps in Solving Transformed Section
 Locate the neutral axis - x distance from the compression side of the beam
 Find the moment of inertia of the transformed section
 Find the stress 𝑓 and 𝑓 .
Also, the first compression area of the beam cross section about the neutral axis must be equal the first moment of
the tensile area about the neutral axis
Note: For DOUBLY REINFORCED BEAM

- Transformed compression steel area is equal to (𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)𝑨𝒔
𝑴𝒚
- Stress in compress steel 𝒇 𝒔 = 𝟐𝒏 ⎯⎯⎯
𝑰
Problem 2.3
Compute the flexural stresses in the concrete and steel for the beams shown using the transformed-area method.
Given:
𝑏 = 350 𝑚𝑚 𝑀 = 130 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
ℎ = 600 𝑚𝑚 𝑛=9
𝑑 = 530 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 𝑛𝑜 · ⎯ (𝑑𝑖𝑎. ) = 4 · ⎯ (25 𝑚𝑚)
𝐶 = 70 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 625π 𝑚𝑚
Solution:
Taking moments about the Neutral Axis:
𝑥
350 (𝑥) ⎯⎯ = 9 ▪ 625π (530 − 𝑥)
2
x
𝒙 = 𝟏𝟖𝟔. 𝟐𝟗𝟖 𝒎𝒎
N.A.
Moment of Inertia
530-x
𝒏 𝑨𝒔 𝑏𝑥
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯ + 𝑛 · 𝐴 (𝑑 − 𝑥)
3
350 𝑚𝑚(186.298𝑚𝑚)
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯+ 9 · (625π 𝑚𝑚 )(530𝑚𝑚 − 186.298 𝑚𝑚)
3
𝐼 = 2,841,895,577 𝑚𝑚
Flexural Stress on Concrete , 𝒇𝒄
1𝑥10 𝑁 · 1𝑥10 𝑚𝑚
𝑀·𝑥 130 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(186.298𝑚𝑚 )
1 𝑘𝑁 · 1𝑚
𝑓 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 2,841,895,577 𝑚𝑚
𝒇𝒄 = 𝟖. 𝟓𝟐𝟐 𝑴𝑷𝒂
Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔
1𝑥10 𝑁 · 1𝑥10 𝑚𝑚
𝑀 · (𝑑 − 𝑥) 130 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(530𝑚𝑚 − 186.298 𝑚𝑚)
1 𝑘𝑁 · 1𝑚
𝑓 = 𝑛 ▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 9 ▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 2,841,895,577 𝑚𝑚
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟏𝟒𝟏. 𝟓𝟎𝟏 𝑴𝑷𝒂
Problem 2.4
Compute the flexural stresses in the concrete and steel for the beams shown using the transformed-area method
when n=9 and M=70 k-ft.
RC-1 Page 10
Given:
𝑏 = 12 𝑖𝑛 𝑀 = 70 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡
ℎ = 20 𝑖𝑛 𝑛=9
𝑑 = 17 𝑖𝑛 𝐴 = 3 𝑖𝑛
𝐶 = 3 𝑖𝑛
Solution:
Taking moments about the Neutral Axis:
𝑥
12 (𝑥) ⎯⎯ = 9 ▪ 3 (17 − 𝑥)
2
𝒙 = 𝟔. 𝟕𝟖𝟏 𝒊𝒏
Moment of Inertia
𝑏𝑥
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯ + 𝑛 · 𝐴 (𝑑 − 𝑥)
3
12 𝑖𝑛 (6.781 𝑖𝑛)
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯+ 9 · (3 𝑖𝑛 )(17 𝑖𝑛 − 6.781 𝑖𝑛)
3
𝐼 = 4066.77 𝑖𝑛
1𝑥10 𝑙𝑏 · 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑀·𝑥 70 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(6.781 𝑖𝑛)
1 𝑘𝑖𝑝 · 1𝑓𝑡
𝑓 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 4066.77 𝑖𝑛
𝒇𝒄 = 𝟏, 𝟒𝟎𝟎. 𝟔𝟑 𝒑𝒔𝒊
Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔
1𝑥10 𝑙𝑏 · 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑀 · (𝑑 − 𝑥) 70 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(17 − 6.781 𝑖𝑛)
𝑓 = 𝑛 ▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 9▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 4066.77 𝑖𝑛
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟏𝟖, 𝟗𝟗𝟔. 𝟖𝟎𝟔 𝒑𝒔𝒊
Problem 2.5
Compute the flexural stresses in the concrete and steel for the beams shown using the transformed-area method
when n=10 and M=118 k-ft.
Given:
𝑏 = 14 𝑖𝑛 𝑀 = 118 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡
 Steps in Solving Transformed Section
ℎ = 20 𝑖𝑛 𝑛 = 10
𝑑 = 17.5 𝑖𝑛 𝐴 = 4 𝑖𝑛  Locate the neutral axis - x distance from the compression side of the beam
 Find the moment of inertia of the transformed section
𝐶 = 2.5 𝑖𝑛 𝐴′ = 2 𝑖𝑛  Find the stress 𝑓 and 𝑓 .
Also, the first compression area of the beam cross section about the neutral axis must be equal the first moment of
the tensile area about the neutral axis
Note: For DOUBLY REINFORCED BEAM

- Transformed compression steel area is equal to (𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)𝑨𝒔
𝑴𝒚
- Stress in compress steel 𝒇 𝒔 = 𝟐𝒏 ⎯⎯⎯
𝑰
Solution:
(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)𝑨′𝒔 Taking moments about the Neutral Axis:

𝒙
𝑥
𝒙 − 𝟐. 𝟓" 14 (𝑥) ⎯⎯ + {2(10) − 1}(2)(𝑥 − 2.5) = 10 ▪ 4 (17.5 − 𝑥)
N.A. 2
𝟏𝟕. 𝟓" 𝒙 = 𝟔. 𝟒𝟓 𝒊𝒏
𝟏𝟕. 𝟓" − 𝒙
Moment of Inertia
𝒏 𝑨𝒔
𝑏𝑥
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯ + 𝑛 · 𝐴 (𝑑 − 𝑥) + (2𝑛 − 1)𝐴′ (𝑥 − 𝐶 ′)
3
14 𝑖𝑛 (6.45 𝑖𝑛)
𝐼 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 10 · (4 𝑖𝑛 )(17.5 𝑖𝑛 − 6.45 𝑖𝑛) + {2(10) − 1}(2)(6.45𝑖𝑛 − 2.5 𝑖𝑛)
3
𝐼 = 6,729.23 𝑖𝑛
1𝑥10 𝑙𝑏 · 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑀𝑥 118 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(6.45 𝑖𝑛)
𝑓 = ⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 6,729.23 𝑖𝑛
𝒇𝒄 = 𝟏, 𝟑𝟓𝟕. 𝟐𝟒 𝒑𝒔𝒊
Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔 & 𝒇′𝒔
1𝑥10 𝑙𝑏 · 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑀 · (𝑑 − 𝑥) 118 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)(17.5 𝑖𝑛 − 6.45 𝑖𝑛)
𝑓 = 𝑛 ▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 10▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 6,729.23 𝑖𝑛
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟐𝟑, 𝟐𝟓𝟏. 𝟗𝟗𝟐 𝒑𝒔𝒊
RC-1 Page 11
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟐𝟑, 𝟐𝟓𝟏. 𝟗𝟗𝟐 𝒑𝒔𝒊
1𝑥10 𝑙𝑏 · 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑀 · (𝑥 − 𝐶 ′) 118 𝑘 · 𝑓𝑡(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)( 6.45 𝑖𝑛 − 2.5𝑖𝑛)
𝑓′ = 2𝑛 ▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 2(10)▪ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐼 6,729.23 𝑖𝑛
𝒇′𝒔 = 𝟏𝟔, 𝟔𝟐𝟑. 𝟓𝟗𝟔 𝒑𝒔𝒊
RC-1 Page 12
Lesson 3.1 : Analysis and Design of Singly Rectangular Beam
Introduction :
C C
T T
 b= width of compression face of the beam

 h= total depth of the beam Symbol and Notations:
 d= effective depth
 𝐴 = area of steel reinforcement in tension side 𝑓 𝑐 = compressive strength of concrete, 𝑀𝑃𝑎
 ρ= ratio of the steel reinforcement C = compressive force due to compression of concrete
T = tensile force due to steel reinforcement
ρ = 𝐴 ⁄𝑏𝑑 𝑓 = tensile strength in reinforcement, 𝑀𝑃𝑎
 c= actual depth of the compression concrete 𝐸 = Modulus of Elesticity of Steel, 200,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎
ε = strain on concrete
• a=depth of equivalent rectangular stress block ε = strain in steel
𝑎=β 𝑐
Given by the code: 𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
From figure (a): From figure (b):
∑𝐹 = 0 ∑𝑀 =0
𝑪=𝑻 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑻 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)

or
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
From figure (c): Note:
𝑓 • 𝑓 > 𝑓 ∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓 = 𝑓

⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 0.003 • 𝑓 < 𝑓 ∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓
200,00
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑑−𝑐 𝑐
𝟔𝟎𝟎 (𝒅 − 𝒄)
𝒇𝒔 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
 Ratio of the Steel Reinforcement, ρ
𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑒 𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒; 𝑎𝑡 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙 ; ε = 0.004

⎯⎯⎯
𝑓′ 1.4 3 0.85β 𝑓′
⎯⎯⎯⎯ or ⎯⎯⎯ 𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4𝑓 𝑓 7 𝑓
RC-1 Page 13
Note:
𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏 < 𝝆 < 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 ∶
𝝆 < 𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏 ∴ 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏
𝝆 > 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙 ∴ 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙
𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏 𝝆 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙
.04 0.5 0.6
• Maximum steel reinforcement ratio, 𝜌 0.55 0.5 0.6

0.4 0.5 0.49
By ratio and proportion:

0.003 0.007 3
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ; 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
𝑐 𝑑 7
From: 𝑪=𝑻 Where: 𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅

0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
Thus,
3
0.85𝑓′ 𝛽 ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑏 = 𝜌𝑏𝑑 𝑓
7
3 0.85β 𝑓′
𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 𝑓
• Strength Reduction factor, ϕ
𝑓 ≤ 𝑓 ; ϕ = 0.65
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
𝑓 ≥ 1000 ; ϕ = 0.90
Tension controlled members. Reinforcing steel yields before the concrete strain at extreme
compression fiber reaches 0.003 (𝑓 > 𝑓 , 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑)
Compression controlled section. The strain at extreme fiber for concrete reached 0.003 before
steel yield. In the case, the section is over reinforced. (𝑓 < 𝑓 , 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑)
• Tension Controlled ; 𝜀 = 0.005
By ratio and proportion:

0.003 0.008 3
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ; 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
𝑐 𝑑 8
From: 𝑪=𝑻 Where: 𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅

0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
Thus,
3
0.85𝑓′ 𝛽 ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑏 = 𝜌𝑏𝑑 𝑓
8
3 0.85β 𝑓′
ρ = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
8 𝑓
Problem 3.1.1
A rectangular beam has b=300 mm, d=500 mm, 𝐴 = 3-25mm diameter reinforced steel bar, 𝑓′ = 34.20 𝑀𝑃𝑎, 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Determine the ultimate capacity of the beam.
RC-1 Page 14
Given:
𝑓′ = 34.20 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
500 mm = π(25𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4
1875π
𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑚𝑚
4
b=300 mm
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
Step 1: Assume steel yields, 𝑓 = 𝑓
𝒂
𝑪=𝑻 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓′ = 34.20 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 55 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜷𝟏
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓 0.05
69.90773 𝑚𝑚 𝛽 = 0.85 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯(𝑓 − 28)
7
1875π 𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.80571
0.85(34.20)(𝑎)(300) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯(414) 0.05
4 𝛽 = 0.85 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯(34.2 − 28)
7
𝑐 = 86.76537 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 69.90773 𝑚𝑚
𝛽 = 0.80571
𝑑−𝑐 500 − 86.76537

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 2,857.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 2,857.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 86.76537
∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓 = 𝑓
Step 2: Classify the Section
𝑓 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.90
Step 3: Solve for Moment Capacity
𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑀 = 0.90 (283.52 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) 1875π

𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯(414) 500 − 69.90773 2
4
𝑀 = 255.17 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 283,522,502.7 𝑁 · 𝑚𝑚
𝑀 = 283.52 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.1.2
A rectangular beam has b=250 mm, d=350 mm, 𝐴 = 3-32mm diameter reinforced steel bar, 𝑓′ = 20.50 𝑀𝑃𝑎, 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Determine
the ultimate capacity of the beam.
Given:
𝑓′ = 20.50 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
350 mm = π(32𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4
𝐴 = 768π 𝑚𝑚
b=250 mm
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
𝒂
𝑪=𝑻 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 17 < 𝑓′ = 20.50 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝜷𝟏
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝛽 = 0.85
229.29714 𝑚𝑚
0.85(20.50)(𝑎)(250) = 768π(414) 𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.85
𝑎 = 229.29714 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = 269.76134 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 350 − 269.76134

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 178.47 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 178.47 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 269.76134
∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑈𝑆𝑆𝑈𝑀𝑃𝑇𝐼𝑂𝑁 𝐼𝑆 𝑊𝑅𝑂𝑁𝐺!
RC-1 Page 15
Step 2: Compute the correct value of " c " 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓
𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑑−𝑐 350 − 222.90766
𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑑−𝑐 𝑐 222.90766
0.85𝑓′ 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑏 = 𝐴 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐 𝑓 = 342.09 𝑀𝑃𝑎
350 − 𝑐
0.85(20.50)(0.85)(𝑐)(250) = 768π 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐
𝑐 = 222.90766 𝑚𝑚
Step 3:Classify the Section
𝑓 = 342.09 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎 ∴ 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.65
𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
𝑎 = 0.85(222.90766 𝑚𝑚)
𝑀 = 0.65 (210.69 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) 𝑀 = 768π(342.09) 350 − 189.47151 2
𝑎 = 189.47151 𝑚𝑚
𝑀 = 136.95 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 = 210.69 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.1.3
A rectangular beam has b = 300 mm and d = 490 mm , concrete compressive strength, 𝑓′ = 27.60 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and steel yield strength, 𝑓 =276
𝑀𝑃𝑎. Calculate the required tension steel area, if the beam has to carry factored moment of 140 kN-m.
Given:
𝑓′ = 27.60 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑀 = 140 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Req'd : 𝐴 =?
Solution:
Step 1: Solve for 𝜌 and 𝑀𝑢 ε = 0.004
3 0.85β 𝑓′ 3 0.85(0.85)(27.60) 𝑓 = ε 𝐸 = 0.004(200,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎)

𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 𝑓 7 276
𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎
β = 0.85 𝜌 = 0.03096 3
𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
7
𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 3 3

𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(490)
= 0.85(27.6) (178.5)(300) (490 − 178.5⁄2) 7 7
3
𝑎 = 0.85 ⎯⎯ (490𝑚𝑚)
7 𝑐 = 210 𝑚𝑚
= 503,455,412.3 𝑁 − 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 178.5 𝑚𝑚
= 503.455 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑑−𝑐 490 − 210 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 1000 − 𝑓
𝑐 210
𝑀 ( ) = 0.83094(503.455 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎
= 418.3409 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 800 − 276

ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.83094
1000 − 276
𝑀 <𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑 𝐵𝑒𝑎𝑚

𝑀 ( ) = 418.3409 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 140 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
𝑀 >𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑 𝐵𝑒𝑎𝑚
Step 2: Determine if the section is tension controlled ε = 0.005 3

𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
8
ϕ = 0.9
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)

3
𝑎 = 0.85 ⎯⎯ (490𝑚𝑚) = 0.85(27.6) (156.1875)(300) (490 − 156.1875⁄2)
8
RC-1 Page 16
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
3
𝑎 = 0.85 ⎯⎯ (490𝑚𝑚) = 0.85(27.6) (156.1875)(300) (490 − 156.1875⁄2)
8
= 452.787 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑎 = 156.1875 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝑻𝑪) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
= 0.90(452.787 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 407.5083 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 <𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑

𝑀 ( ) = 407.5083 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 140 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑
𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.9 𝑀 >𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑜𝑛
Step 3: Determine the required steel reinforcement, 𝑨𝒔
𝑀 = 𝜙𝑀 𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑀 = 𝜙0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝑎𝑏 (𝑑 − 𝑎 ⁄2)
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝜌𝑏𝑑 𝑓
140𝑥10 = 0.90 (0.85)(27.6)(𝑎)(300) 490 − 𝑎 2
0.85(27.6)(47.3991)(300) = ρ(300)(490)(276)
𝑎 = 47.3991 𝑚𝑚
ρ = 0.00822
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑓′ √27.6
⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.00476
4𝑓 4(276)
𝜌 = 𝜌 = 0.03096
1.4 1.4
⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯ = 0.00507
𝑓 276
𝜌 = 0.00476 < 𝜌 = 0.00822 < 𝜌 = 0.03096 ∴ 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝜌
𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅 = 0.00822(300)(490)
𝑨𝒔 = 𝟏, 𝟐𝟎𝟖. 𝟑𝟒 𝒎𝒎𝟐
Problem 3.1.4
A reinforced concrete beam has a width of 300 mm and an overall depth of 480 mm. The beam is simply supported over a span of 5 m.
Steel yield strength 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and concrete compressive strength 𝑓′ = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Concrete cover is 70 mm from the centroid of the
steel area. Unit weight of concrete is 23.5 . Other than the beam weight, the beam carries a superimposed dead load of 18 𝑘𝑁⁄𝑚
and a live load of 14 𝑘𝑁⁄𝑚. Use the strength design method.
a. Determine the maximum factored moment of the beam.
b. Determine the required number of 20 mm tension bars.
Given:
Length of Beam = 5m
h = 480 mm
𝑓′ = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑎. 𝑀 = ? 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
480 mm - 70 mm
𝑏. 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 20 𝑚𝑚 𝑏𝑎𝑟𝑠 = ?
= 410 mm δ = 23.5
𝑤 = 18 ⁄
-
70 mm = 𝑤 = 14 ⁄
b=300 mm
Req'd :
Solution:
Factored Load:
a.) 𝑤 = 1.2𝑤 + 1.6𝑤
𝐴 = 0.48 𝑚 ∗ 0.30 𝑚 = 0.144 𝑚
𝑤 = 1.2 21.384 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 + 1.6 14 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝑤 = δ ∗ 𝐴 = 23.5 𝑘𝑁 ∗ 0.144 𝑚 = 3.384 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝑚
𝑤 = 48.0608 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
total 𝑤 = 18 ⁄ + 3.384 ⁄ = 21.384 ⁄
For simply supported span , 𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝑤 𝐿 48.0608 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (5𝑚)
𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
8 8
RC-1 Page 17
𝑴𝒖 = 𝟏𝟓𝟎. 𝟏𝟗 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
b.)
Step 1: Solve for 𝜌 and 𝑀𝑢 ε = 0.004
3 0.85β 𝑓′ 3 0.85(0.85)(28) 𝑓 = ε 𝐸 = 0.004(200,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎)

𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝜌 = ⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 𝑓 7 415
𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎
β = 0.85 𝜌 = 0.02089 3
𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
7
𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)

𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
= 0.85(28) (149.35714)(300) (410 − 149.35714⁄2) 3
𝑎 = 0.85 ⎯⎯ (410𝑚𝑚)
7
= 357.59 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑎 = 149.35714 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 1000 𝑀𝑃𝑎
∴ 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81453(357.59 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 291.27 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 800 − 415
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 415
ϕ = 0.81453
𝑀 <𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑 𝐵𝑒𝑎𝑚

𝑀 ( ) = 291.27 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 150.19 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
𝑀 >𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑 𝐵𝑒𝑎𝑚
3
Step 2: Determine if the section is tension controlled ε = 0.005 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑
8
ϕ = 0.9
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)

3
𝑎 = 0.85 ⎯⎯ (410𝑚𝑚) = 0.85(28) (130.6875)(300) (410 − 130.6875⁄2)
8
= 321.602 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑎 = 130.6875 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝑻𝑪) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
= 0.90(321.602 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 289.4427 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 <𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑

𝑀 ( ) = 289.4427 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 150.19 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑
𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.9 𝑀 >𝑀 ( ) ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑀 = 𝜙𝑀 𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑀 = 𝜙0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝑎𝑏 (𝑑 − 𝑎 ⁄2)
150.19𝑥10 = 0.90 (0.85)(28)(𝑎)(300) 410 − 𝑎 2 0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝜌𝑏𝑑 𝑓
𝑎 = 61.6388 𝑚𝑚 0.85(28)(61.6388)(300) = ρ(300)(410)(415)
ρ = 0.00862
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯
𝑓′ √28
⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.00319
4𝑓 4(415)
𝜌 = 𝜌 = 0.02089
1.4 1.4
⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯ = 0.00337
𝑓 415
𝜌 = 0.00319 < 𝜌 = 0.00862 < 𝜌 = 0.02089 ∴ 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝜌
π
𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅 = 0.00862(300)(410) 𝑨𝒔 = 𝒏 · ⎯⎯𝒅𝟐
𝟒
𝑨𝒔 = 𝟏, 𝟎𝟔𝟎. 𝟐𝟔 𝒎𝒎𝟐 𝜋
1,060.26 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑛 · ⎯⎯(20𝑚𝑚)
4
𝒏 = 𝟒 𝒑𝒄𝒔
RC-1 Page 18
Lesson 3.2: Analysis and Design of Singly Non-Rectangular Beam
Problem 3.2.1
Compute the ultimate moment Capacity of the beam shown. 𝑓 =345 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎
Solution:
π(32𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 4 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4
𝐴 = 1024π 𝑚𝑚
• 𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎 > 125

• 𝐴 < 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎 < 125
𝑪=𝑻 𝐴 = 2 ( 125 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 𝑧𝑏
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 31,250 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 30,927.13 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑧(375 𝑚𝑚)
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝑧 = 82.47235 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 62,177.13 𝑚𝑚 − 31,250 𝑚𝑚
0.85(21)𝐴 = 1024π(345) • 𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎 > 125
𝐴 = 30,927.13 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 62,177.13 𝑚𝑚
𝒂 𝐴 = 2 ( 𝑎 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚)
𝑎 = 125 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 17 < 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝜷𝟏
𝑎 = 125𝑚𝑚 + 82.47235 𝑚𝑚 𝛽 = 0.85

207.47235 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑎 = 207.47235 𝑚𝑚 0.85
𝑐 = 244.08518 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 625 − 244.08518

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 936.35 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 936.35 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 244.08518
∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑓 < 𝑓 ≤ 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
1000 − 𝑓
936.35 − 345
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 345
ϕ = 0.87571
RC-1 Page 19
𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑦 𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒄 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑦
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
125 82.47235
𝑀 = 0.85(21)(31,250) 625 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(21)(30,927.13) 625 − 125 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑥 = 125 𝑚𝑚 Sto. x
𝑑 = 625 𝑚𝑚 Sto. D
𝑧 = 82.47235 𝑚𝑚 Sto. Y
𝑀 = 567.03 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
𝑀 = 0.87571(567.03 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 496.55 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.2.2
Compute the ultimate moment Capacity of the beam shown. 𝑓 =414 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎
π(32𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 6 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4
𝐴 = 1536π 𝑚𝑚
𝑪=𝑻 𝐴 = 2 ( 125 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 𝑧𝑏
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 31,250 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 80,668.84 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑧(375 𝑚𝑚)
RC-1 Page 20
𝑧 = 215.12 𝑚𝑚
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 = 111,918.84 𝑚𝑚 − 31,250 𝑚𝑚
0.85(21)𝐴 = 1536π(414) • 𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎 > 125
𝐴 = 80,668.84 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 111,918.84 𝑚𝑚
𝒂
𝑎 = 125 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 17 < 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝜷𝟏
𝑎 = 125𝑚𝑚 + 215.12 𝑚𝑚 𝛽 = 0.85

340.12 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑎 = 340.12 𝑚𝑚 0.85
𝑐 = 400.14 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 625 − 400.14

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 337.14 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 337.14 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 400.14
∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑈𝑆𝑆𝑈𝑀𝑃𝑇𝐼𝑂𝑁 𝐼𝑆 𝑊𝑅𝑂𝑁𝐺!
𝑪=𝑻
𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 31,250 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 125 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 ; 𝑧 = 𝑎 − 125 𝑚𝑚
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑧 = 𝛽 𝑐 − 125 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 375𝑧
𝑑−𝑐
0.85(21)𝐴 = 1,536π ∗ 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝐴 = 375(0.85𝑐 − 125) 𝑧 = 0.85𝑐 − 125 𝑚𝑚
𝑐
𝐴 = 318.75𝑐 − 46,875
𝐴 = 31,250 + (318.75𝑐 − 46,875)

625 − 𝑐
0.85(21)(318.75𝑐 − 15,625) = 1,536π ∗ 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐 𝐴 = 318.75𝑐 − 15625
𝑐 = 379.10 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 2 ( 𝑎 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 2 ( 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚)
𝑑−𝑐 625 − 379.10
𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 389.18 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 379.10
𝐴 = 2 ( 0.85𝒄 ∗ 125 𝑚𝑚)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒄 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑎 = 125 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝑧 = 0.85𝑐 − 125 𝑚𝑚

𝑧 = 0.85(379.10𝑚𝑚) − 125 𝑚𝑚
𝑧 = 197.235 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 125 𝑚𝑚 + 197.235 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 375𝑧 = 375𝑚𝑚(197.235 𝑚𝑚)
𝑎 = 322.235 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 73,963.125 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 21
𝐴 = 73,963.125 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
125 197.235
𝑀 = 0.85(21)(31,250) 625 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(21)(73,963.125) 625 − 125 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑥 = 125 𝑚𝑚 Sto. X
𝑧 = 197.235 𝑚𝑚 Sto. Y
𝑀 = 843.69 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.65(843.69 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 548.40 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.2.3
As shown in the figure (units, all in mm) is a hollow rectangular beam. Assuming 𝑓 =345 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓′ = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Determine the required
steel area if the ultimate moment capacity of the beam is 800 kN-m.
Given:
Req'd : 𝐴 =?
Solution:
Step 1: Solve for 𝑀𝑢

3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
RC-1 Page 22
Solution:

3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
𝟑 3
𝒄𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯𝒅 = ⎯⎯(725 𝑚𝑚) 𝒂𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝒛 = 𝒂𝒎𝒂𝒙 − 𝟏𝟓𝟎
𝟕 7
𝑐 = 310.71429 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 0.85(310.71429 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 264.10175 𝑚𝑚 − 150𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 264.10175 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 114.10175 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = (500 𝑚𝑚)(150 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 = 2 ∗ (125 𝑚𝑚)(114.10175 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 75,000𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 28,525. 4375 𝑚𝑚
𝐶 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝐶 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴
𝐶 = 0.85(28)(75,000) 𝐶 = 0.85(28)(28,525. 4375)
𝐶 = 1,785,000 𝑁 𝐶 = 678,905.4125 𝑁
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙)
𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑓 150
𝑦 = 𝑑 − ⎯⎯= 725 − ⎯⎯⎯ = 650 𝑚𝑚
2 2
= 1,785,000 𝑁(650 𝑚𝑚) + 678,905.4125 𝑁(517.94912 𝑚𝑚)
𝑧 114.10175
𝑦 = 𝑑 − 𝑓 − ⎯⎯= 725 − 150 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
= 1,511.89 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 2 2
𝑦 = 517.94912 𝑚𝑚
800 − 345
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.82366
1000 − 345
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙)
= 0.82366(1,511.89 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑

𝑀 ( ) = 1,245.28 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 800 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
= 1,245.28 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Step 2: Determine if the section is tension controlled
3
ε = 0.005 𝑓 = 1000 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 ϕ = 0.9
8
3 3 𝒂𝑻𝑪 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑻𝒄 𝒛 = 𝒂𝑻𝑪 − 𝟏𝟓𝟎

𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(725 𝑚𝑚)
8 8
𝑎 = 0.85(271.875 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 231.09375 𝑚𝑚 − 150𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = 271.875 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 231.09375 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 81.09375 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = (500 𝑚𝑚)(150 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 = 2 ∗ (125 𝑚𝑚)(81.09375 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 75,000𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 20,273.4375 𝑚𝑚
𝐶 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝐶 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴
𝐶 = 0.85(28)(75,000) 𝐶 = 0.85(28)(20,273.4375)
𝐶 = 1,785,000 𝑁 𝐶 = 482,507.8125 𝑁
𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑓 150
𝑦 =𝑑− = 725 − = 650 𝑚𝑚
2 2
RC-1 Page 23
𝐶 = 1,785,000 𝑁 𝐶 = 482,507.8125 𝑁
𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑓 150
𝑦 = 𝑑 − ⎯⎯= 725 − ⎯⎯⎯ = 650 𝑚𝑚
2 2
= 1,785,000 𝑁(650 𝑚𝑚) + 482,507.8125 𝑁(534.45312 𝑚𝑚)
𝑧 81.09375
𝑦 = 𝑑 − 𝑓 − ⎯⎯= 725 − 150 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
= 1,418.13 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑦 = 534.45312 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝑻𝑪) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪)
= 0.9(1,418.13 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 1,276.317 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 1,276.317 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 800 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.9
Step 3: Solve for 𝑴𝒖 of 𝑨𝟏
𝑴𝒖(𝟏) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝟏)
𝑓
𝑀 ( ) = 𝜙𝐶( ) 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2
150
= 0.90(1,785,000) 725 − ⎯⎯⎯
2
= 1,044.225 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 ( ) = 1,044.225 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 800 𝑘𝑁
∴ 𝑎 < 150𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏 𝑻=𝑪
𝑓 𝑎 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴
𝑀 = 𝜙𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ = 𝜙0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2 2 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓 (500 ∗ 𝑎)
𝑎 𝐴 (345) = 0.85(28)(500)(111.62253)
800𝑥10 = 0.9(0.85)(28)(500 ∗ 𝑎) 725 − ⎯⎯
2
𝐴 = 3,850.17 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 111.62253 𝑚𝑚
What if a > 150 mm ?
𝑓 𝑎−𝑓 𝐴 𝑓 =𝐶 +𝐶
𝑀 =𝜙 𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓 (500 ∗ 150) + 0.85𝑓 (2 ∗ 125 ∗ 𝑎)
Concentrated load @ third point
RC-1 Page 24
Lesson 3.3: Analysis and Design of Singly Reinforced T-Beam
A T-beam (or tee beam), used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or
metal, with a T-shaped cross section. The top of the T-shaped cross section serves as a flange or
compression member in resisting compressive stresses. The web (vertical section) of the beam below the
compression flange serves to resist shear stress and to provide greater separation for the coupled forces of
bending.
The T-beam has a big disadvantage compared to an I-beam (with I shape) because it has no bottom flange
with which to deal with tensile forces. One way to make a T-beam more efficient structurally is to use an
inverted T-beam with a floor slab or bridge deck joining the tops of the beams. Done properly, the slab acts
as the compression flange.
Inverted T-Beam
Problem 3.3.1
Determine the ultimate moment capacity of a reinforced
concrete T-Beam with the following properties:
Flange width, 𝑏 = 1,500 𝑚𝑚
Web width, 𝑏 = 250 𝑚𝑚
Effective depth, 𝑑 = 600 𝑚𝑚
Slab thickness, 𝑡 = 100 𝑚𝑚
Assume 𝑓′ = 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎. The beam is
reinforced with 6-28 mm bars.
Given:
𝑓′ = 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
π(28𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 6 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 1176π 𝑚𝑚
4
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 1500 𝑚𝑚(100 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 < 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎<𝑡
0.85(20.7)𝐴 = 1176π(345) 𝐴 = 150,000 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 72,441.4306 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 25
• 𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎> 𝑡
• 𝐴 < 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎<𝑡
𝒂
𝐴 =𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 17 < 𝑓′ = 20.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝜷𝟏
72,441.4306 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑎 ∗ 1500 𝑚𝑚 𝛽 = 0.85
48.2943 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 48.2943 𝑚𝑚 𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.85
𝑐 = 56.8168 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 600 − 56.8168

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 5,736.15 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 5,736.15 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 56.8168
𝑓 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.90
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)
𝑀 = 1176π(345) (600 − 48.2943⁄2)
𝑀 = 733.99 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.90(733.99 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 660.591 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.3.2
Determine the ultimate moment capacity of a reinforced concrete T-Beam
with the following properties:
Flange width, 𝑏 = 850 𝑚𝑚
Assume 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎. The beam is reinforced with
10-32 mm bars.
Given:
𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
π(32𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 10 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 2560π 𝑚𝑚
4
RC-1 Page 26
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 850 𝑚𝑚(100 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎> 𝑡
0.85(21)𝐴 = 2560π(345) 𝐴 = 85,000 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 155,442.8365 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 155,442.8365 𝑚𝑚 − 85,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 𝑧𝑏
𝐴 = 70,442.8365 𝑚𝑚 70,442.8365 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑧(400 𝑚𝑚)

𝐴 =𝐴 −𝐴
𝑧 = 176.1071 𝑚𝑚
𝒂
𝑎 = 100 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏
17 < 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝑎 = 100𝑚𝑚 + 176.1071 𝑚𝑚
276.1071 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝛽 = 0.85
𝑎 = 276.1071 𝑚𝑚 0.85
𝑐 = 324.8319 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 580 − 324.8319

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 471.3233 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 471.3233 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 324.8319
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
1000 − 𝑓
471.3233 − 345
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 345
ϕ = 0.6982
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
100 176.1071
𝑀 = 0.85(21)(85,000 ) 580 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(21)(70,442.8365) 580 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑡 = 100 𝑚𝑚 Sto. x
𝑧 = 176.1071 𝑚𝑚 Sto. Y
RC-1 Page 27
𝑧 = 176.1071 𝑚𝑚 Sto. Y
𝑀 = 1,296.98 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.6982(1,296.98 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 905.55 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.3.3
Determine the ultimate moment capacity of a reinforced
concrete T-Beam with the following properties:
Assume 𝑓′ = 32 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. The beam is
reinforced with 10-32 mm bars.
Given:
𝑓′ = 32 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
π(32𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 10 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 2560π 𝑚𝑚
4
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
𝑪=𝑻
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 500 𝑚𝑚(120 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎> 𝑡
0.85(32)𝐴 = 2560π(415) 𝐴 = 60,000 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 122,706.9131 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 122,706.9131 𝑚𝑚 − 65,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 𝑧𝑏
𝐴 = 62,706.9131 𝑚𝑚 62,706.9131 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑧(320 𝑚𝑚)

𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴
𝑧 = 195.9591 𝑚𝑚
𝒂
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝑎 = 120 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝜷𝟏
28 < 𝑓′ = 32 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 55
𝑎 = 120𝑚𝑚 + 195.9591 𝑚𝑚 300.3341 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ .05
0.82143 𝛽 = 0.85 − ⎯⎯⎯(32 − 28)
𝑎 = 315.9591 𝑚𝑚 7
RC-1 Page 28
𝒂
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝑎 = 120 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 𝜷𝟏
28 < 𝑓′ = 32 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 55
𝑎 = 120𝑚𝑚 + 195.9591 𝑚𝑚 300.3341 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ .05
0.82143 𝛽 = 0.85 − ⎯⎯⎯(32 − 28)
𝑎 = 315.9591 𝑚𝑚 7
𝑐 = 384.6452 𝑚𝑚 𝛽 = 0.82143
-
𝑑−𝑐 530 − 384.6452

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 226.74 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 226.74 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 384.6452
∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑑𝑜𝑒𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
𝑪=𝑻
𝐴 =𝐴 + 𝐴 𝐴 = 60,000 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 120 𝑚𝑚 + 𝑧 ; 𝑧 = 𝑎 − 120 𝑚𝑚
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑧 = 𝛽 𝑐 − 120 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 𝑧𝑏
530 − 𝑐
0.85(32)𝐴 = 2560π ∗ 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑧 = 0.82143𝑐 − 120 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 𝐴 = 320(0.82143𝑐 − 120)
𝐴 = 262.8576𝑐 − 38,400
𝐴 = 60,000 + (262.8576𝑐 − 38,400)
530 − 𝑐 𝐴 = 262.8576𝑐 + 21,600

0.85(32)(262.8576𝑐 + 21,600) = 2560π ∗ 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐
𝑐 = 329.2703 𝑚𝑚
𝑑−𝑐 530 − 329.2703

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 365.77 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑐 329.2703
𝑴 𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 𝐴 = 262.8576𝑐 − 38,400
𝒕𝒇 𝒛 𝐴 = 262.8576(329.2703 ) − 38,400
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
𝐴 = 48,151.2008 𝑚𝑚
𝑧 = 0.82143𝑐 − 120 𝑚𝑚
𝑧 = 0.82143(329.2703) − 120 𝑚𝑚
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯ 𝑧 = 150.4725 𝑚𝑚
𝟐 𝟐
120 150.4725
𝑀 = 0.85(32)(60,000 ) 530 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(32)(48,151.2008) 530 − 120 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑧 = 150.4725 𝑚𝑚 Sto. Y
𝑀 = 1,205.48 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.65(1,205.48 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 783.562 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 3.3.4
A T-Beam with the following properties:
RC-1 Page 29
A T-Beam with the following properties:
Assume 𝑓′ = 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Determine the required
steel area if 𝑀 = 150 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 and 𝑀 = 120 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Given:
𝑓′ = 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑀 = 1.2(𝑀 ) + 1.6(𝑀 )
𝑀 = 1.2(150 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) + 1.6(120 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 372 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Req'd : 𝐴 =?
Solution:
Step 1: Solve for Maximum Moment, 𝑀𝑢

3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
3 3 𝑎 =𝛽 𝑐
𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(470 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧=𝑎 −𝑡
7 7
𝑎 = 0.85(201.4286 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 171.2143 𝑚𝑚 − 100 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = 201.4286 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 171.2143 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 71.2143 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 820 𝑚𝑚(100 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 =𝑧 ∗𝑏
𝐴 = 82,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 71.2143 𝑚𝑚(250 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 17,803.575 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) 𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
𝑡 𝑧
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − 𝑡 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100 71.2143
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85(20.7)(82,000) 470 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(20.7) (17,803.575) 470 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑀 ( ) = 710.72 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
800 − 414
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25
1000 − 414
RC-1 Page 30
800 − 414
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 414
ϕ = 0.81468
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81468(710.72 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 ( ) = 579.01 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 ( ) = 579.01 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 372 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
3
ε = 0.005 𝑓 = 1000 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 ϕ = 0.9
8
3 3 𝒂𝑻𝑪 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑻𝒄 𝒛 = 𝒂𝑻𝑪 − 𝒕𝒇

𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(470 𝑚𝑚)
8 8
𝑎 = 0.85(176.25 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 149.8125 𝑚𝑚 − 100𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = 176.25 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 149.8125 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 49.8125 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 82,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 =𝑧 ∗𝑏
𝐴 = 49.8125 𝑚𝑚 (250 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 12,453.125 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝑡 𝑧
= 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − 𝑡 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100 49.8125
= 0.85(20.7)(82,000) 470 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(20.7) (12,453.125) 470 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
= 681.59 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
= 0.9(681.59 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 613.43 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 613.43 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 372 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.9
Step 3: Solve for 𝑴𝒖 of flange
𝑴𝒖(𝟏) = 𝑴𝒏(𝟏)
𝑡 𝑎
𝑀 ( ) = 𝜙𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ = 𝜙0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100
= 0.90(0.85)(20.7)(82,000) 470 − ⎯⎯⎯
2
= 545.37 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 545.37 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 372 𝑘𝑁 ∴ 𝑎 < 100 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 𝑎 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴
𝑀 = 𝜙𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ = 𝜙0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2 2 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓 (820 ∗ 𝑎)
𝑎 𝐴 (414) = 0.85(20.7)(820)(65.52058)
372𝑥10 = 0.9(0.85)(20.7)(820 ∗ 𝑎) 470 − ⎯⎯
2
𝐴 = 2,283.39 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 65.52058 𝑚𝑚
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH
RC-1 Page 31
Problem 3.3.5
Using NSCP 2015, find the effective flange width of the T and L Section if the beams are supported by 300x300 mm columns on both ends 8m apart, center to
center.
RC-1 Page 32
center.
= 𝟖𝟎𝟎𝟎 − 𝟑𝟎𝟎 = 𝟕, 𝟕𝟎𝟎

For T-section
𝟕, 𝟕𝟎𝟎
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + 𝟏𝟔(𝟏𝟎𝟎) 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯+ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝟒
= 𝟏, 𝟗𝟎𝟎 𝟐 𝟐
= 𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟓
= 𝟒, 𝟖𝟎𝟎
For L-section
𝟕, 𝟕𝟎𝟎
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + 𝟔(𝟏𝟎𝟎) 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝟏𝟐
= 𝟗𝟎𝟎 𝟐
= 𝟗𝟒𝟏. 𝟔𝟕
= 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟎
𝟓𝟎𝟎𝟎
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟐
= 𝟐, 𝟖𝟎𝟎
RC-1 Page 33
Problem 3.3.6
Design a T-beam for a floor system for which 𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑑 = 550 𝑚𝑚.
Beams are supported by 300x300 mm columns on both ends 4.5m apart,
center to center. The slab thickness is 100 mm. 𝑀 = 450 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 (including
its own weight) and 𝑀 = 350 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.𝑓 = 27 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Given:
𝑓′ = 27 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑀 = 1.2(𝑀 ) + 1.6(𝑀 )
𝑀 = 1.2(450 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) + 1.6(350 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 1,100 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Column size = 300mm x 300 mm
L = 4.5 m o.c.
Req'd : 𝐴 =?
Solution:
Solve for 𝒃𝒇 ∶
= 𝟒𝟓𝟎𝟎 − 𝟑𝟎𝟎 = 𝟒, 𝟐𝟎𝟎
𝟒, 𝟐𝟎𝟎
= 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + 𝟏𝟔(𝟏𝟎𝟎) = 𝟑𝟎𝟎 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟒
= 𝟏, 𝟗𝟎𝟎
= 𝟏, 𝟑𝟓𝟎
RC-1 Page 34
Step 1: Solve for Maximum Moment, 𝑀𝑢
3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
3 3 𝑎 =𝛽 𝑐
𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(550 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧=𝑎 −𝑡
7 7
𝑐 = 235.7143 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 0.85(235.7143 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 200.3572 𝑚𝑚 − 100 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 200.3572 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 100.3572 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 1350 𝑚𝑚(100 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 =𝑧 ∗𝑏
𝐴 = 135,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 100.3572 𝑚𝑚(300 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 30,107. 16 𝑚𝑚
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
𝑡 𝑧
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − 𝑡 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100 100.3572
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85(27)(135,000) 550 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(27) (30,107. 16) 550 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑀 ( ) = 1,825.39 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
800 − 415
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 415
ϕ = 0.81453
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81453(1,825.39 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 ( ) = 1,486.83 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 ( ) = 1,486.83 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 1,100 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
RC-1 Page 35
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81453(1,825.39 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 ( ) = 1,486.83 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 ( ) = 1,486.83 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 1,100 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
3
ε = 0.005 𝑓 = 1000 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 ϕ = 0.9
8
3 3 𝒂𝑻𝑪 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑻𝒄 𝒛 = 𝒂𝑻𝑪 − 𝒕𝒇

𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(550 𝑚𝑚)
8 8
𝑎 = 0.85(206.25 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 175.3125 𝑚𝑚 − 100𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = 206.25 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 175.3125 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 75.3125 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 135,000 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 =𝑧 ∗𝑏
𝐴 = 75.3125 𝑚𝑚 (300 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 22,593.75 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒏(𝑻𝑪) = 𝑪𝟏 𝒚𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 𝒚𝟐
𝑡 𝑧
= 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − 𝑡 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100 75.3125
= 0.85(27)(135,000) 550 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(27) (22,593.75) 550 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
= 1,762.93 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
= 0.9(1,762.93 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
= 1,586.64 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 1,586.64 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 1,100 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.9
Step 3: Solve for 𝑴𝒖 of flange
𝑴𝒖(𝟏) = 𝑴𝒏(𝟏)
𝑡 𝑎
𝑀 ( ) = 𝜙𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ = 𝜙0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100
= 0.90(0.85)(27)(135,000) 550 − ⎯⎯⎯
2
= 1,394.21 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 1,394.21 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 > 𝑀 = 1,100 𝑘𝑁 ∴ 𝑎 < 100𝑚𝑚
𝑓 𝑎 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴
𝑀 = 𝜙𝐶 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ = 𝜙0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯
2 2 𝐴 𝑓 = 0.85𝑓 (1350 ∗ 𝑎)
𝑎 𝐴 (415) = 0.85(27)(1350)(77.1338)
1100𝑥10 = 0.9(0.85)(27)(1350 ∗ 𝑎) 550 − ⎯⎯
2
𝐴 = 5,758.55 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 77.1338 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 36
Lesson 4.1: Analysis and Design of Doubly Rectangular Beam
The doubly reinforced concrete beam design may be required when a beam’s cross-section is
limited because of architectural or other considerations. As a result, the concrete cannot develop
the compression force required to resist the given bending moment. In that case, steel bars are
added to the beam's compression zone to improve it at compression.
Therefore, a beam reinforced with tension steel and compression steel is called a doubly reinforced
concrete beam. The moment of resistance of a doubly reinforced concrete beam is greater than that of
a singly reinforced concrete beam for the same cross-section, steel grade, and concrete.
Why is Compression Reinforcement Used in Beam?
1. To increase the strength of the concrete beam.

2. To reduce long-term deflections of members.
3. For minimum moment loading.
4. For positioning stirrups (by tying them to the compression bars) and keeping them in place during
concrete placement and vibration.
When compression reinforcement is added for purposes other than strength, the presence of the
compression bars is neglected in the flexural calculations.
Problem 4.1.1
A rectangular beam shown below with compressive strength of the concrete, 𝑓 =
21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and yield stregth of steel 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. The beam is reinforced 5-25 mm at
compression side and 8-25 mm at tension side. Determine the moment capacity of the
beam.
RC-1 Page 37
𝑑 = 40 𝑚𝑚
𝑑 = 610 𝑚𝑚
Given: Req'd : 𝑀 =?
π(25𝑚𝑚)
𝑓 = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝐴 = 8 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 1250π 𝑚𝑚
4
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. π(25𝑚𝑚) 3125
𝐴 ′ = 5 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚
4 4
Solution:
Step 1: Assume compression steel yields, 𝑓 ′ = 𝑓
From fig. (b) : From fig. (a) :
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 1875
3125 0.85(21)𝑎(360) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π(415)
𝐴 = 1250π − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 4
𝐴 = 𝐴 4
𝑎 = 95.1039 𝑚𝑚
1875
3125 𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚 4
4
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄
95.1039 111.8869 − 40
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 385.50 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 111.8869
𝑐 = 111.8869 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 385.50 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎

∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
Step 2: Compute the correct value of " c " 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓 ′
𝒅−𝒄
𝑪 + 𝑪′ = 𝑻 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 + 𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝒄−𝒅 610 − 119.2172
0.85𝑓′ 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑏 + 𝐴 𝟔𝟎𝟎 =𝐴 𝑓 𝑓 = 600 = 2,470.03 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝒄 119.2172
RC-1 Page 38
𝒅−𝒄
𝑪 + 𝑪′ = 𝑻 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 + 𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝒄−𝒅 610 − 119.2172
0.85𝑓′ 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑏 + 𝐴 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 𝐴 𝑓 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 2,470.03 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝒄 119.2172
3125 𝑐 − 40
0.85(21)(0.85)(𝑐)(360) + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 1250π(415)
4 𝑐
𝑐 = 119.2172 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 = 2,470.03 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.90
𝒂 𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃
𝟐
𝒂
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 (𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
𝟐
𝑎 = 0.85(119.2172 𝑚𝑚)
𝑎 = 101.3346 𝑚𝑚
101.3346 3125 119.2172 − 40

𝑀 = 0.85(21) (101.3346)(360) 610 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ (610 − 40)
2 4 119.2172
𝑀 = 921.98 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.9(921.98 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 829.78 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 4.1.2
A 6-m long simply supported reinforced concrete beam has a width of 350 mm and an overall
depth of 470 mm. The beam is reinforced with 2-28 mm compression bars on top and 4-28 mm
tension bars at the bottom, each located 70 mm from the extreme concrete fiber. Concrete
strength 𝑓 = 20.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and the steel yield 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Determine the additional
concentrated live load that can be applied at midspan if the dead load including the weight of the
beam is 20 kN/m.
Given:
π(28𝑚𝑚)
𝑑 = 70 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 20.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝐴 = 4 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 784π 𝑚𝑚
4
𝑑 = 400 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. π(28𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 ′ = 2 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 392π 𝑚𝑚
4
Req'd : 𝑃 =?
Solution:
RC-1 Page 39
Solution:

𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 = 784π − 392π 0.85(20.7)𝑎(350) = 392π(415)
𝐴 = 𝐴 𝐴 = 392π 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 82.9902 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 392π 𝑚𝑚
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄
82.9902 97.6355 − 70
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 169.83 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 97.6355
𝑐 = 97.6355 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 169.83 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎

Step 2: Compute the correct value of " c " 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓 ′
𝒅−𝒄
𝑪 + 𝑪′ = 𝑻 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 + 𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝒄−𝒅 400 − 130.0760
0.85𝑓′ 𝜷𝟏 𝒄𝑏 + 𝐴 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 𝐴 𝑓 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 1,245.08 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝒄 130.0760
𝑐 − 70
0.85(20.7)(0.85)(𝑐)(350) + 392π 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 784π(415)
𝑐
𝑐 = 130.0760 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 = 1,245.08 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.90
𝒂 𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃
𝟐
𝒂
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 (𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
𝟐
𝑎 = 0.85(130.0760 𝑚𝑚)
𝑎 = 110.5646 𝑚𝑚
110.5646 𝑚𝑚 130.0760 − 70
𝑀 = 0.85(20.7) (110.5646)(350) 400 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 392π 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ (400 − 70)
2 130.0760
𝑀 = 347.330 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
RC-1 Page 40
𝑀 = 0.9(327.79 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 312.6𝑂 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑃
ω = 20 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
ω𝐿
For uniformly distributed load: 𝑀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯
8
For concentrated load at mid-span: 𝑀 = 𝑃𝐿

⎯⎯⎯
4
𝑀 = 1.2 𝑀 + 1.6 𝑀
𝑀 = 1.2 ⎯⎯⎯ +1.6 ⎯⎯

20(6) 𝑃(6)
312.6𝑂 = 1.2 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 1.6 ⎯⎯⎯⎯
8 4
𝑃 = 85.25 𝑘𝑁
Problem 4.1.3
A rectangular beam has the following properties;
Width, 400 mm 𝑓 = 22 𝑀𝑃𝑎
Effective depth, 620 mm 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
Tension bar, 10-28 mm diameter 𝑑 = 70𝑚𝑚
Compression Bar, 3-25 mm diameter
Determine the design strength of the beam and the safe service live load if the service dead load is 320 kN-m
Given:
π(28𝑚𝑚)
𝑑 = 70 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 22 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝐴 = 10 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 1960π 𝑚𝑚
4
𝑑 = 620 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. π(25𝑚𝑚) 1875
𝐴 ′ = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚
4 4
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
RC-1 Page 41
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 5965
1875 0.85(22)𝑎(400) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π(415)
𝐴 = 1960π − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 4
𝐴 = 𝐴 4
𝑎 = 259.9243 𝑚𝑚
5965
1875 𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚 4
4
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄
259.9243 305.7933 − 70
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 462.65 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 305.7933
𝑐 = 305.7933 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 462.65 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎

𝒅−𝒄
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
620 − 305.7933
𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 616.51𝑀𝑃𝑎
305.7933
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 616.51 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑜𝑛 , 𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
616.51 − 415
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 415
ϕ = 0.73612
𝒂 𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃
𝟐
𝒂
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚(𝒅 − 𝒅 )
𝟐
259.9243 1875
𝑀 = 0.85(22) (259.9243)(400) 620 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π(415)(620 − 70)
2 4
𝑀 = 1,288.87𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.73612(1,288.87𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 948.76 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 1.2 𝑀 + 1.6 𝑀
948.76 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = 1.2 (320 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) + 1.6 𝑀
𝑀 = 352.975 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
RC-1 Page 42
Problem 4.1.4
A rectangular beam has 𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑑 = 490 𝑚𝑚. 𝑓 = 27.60 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and the steel yield 𝑓 =
276 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Compression steel if required shall have its centroid 60 mm from the extreme
compression fiber. Calculate the required steel area if the factored moment, 𝑀 = 620 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Given:
𝑑 = 60 𝑚𝑚
𝑑 = 490 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 = 27.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
𝑀 = 620 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Req'd : 𝐴 = ? 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 ′ = ?
Solution:

3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
(same as P. 3.1.3)
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝑪𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝟑
𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝒄𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯𝒅
𝟕
= 0.85(27.6) (178.5)(300) (490 − 178.5⁄2) 𝑎 = 0.85(210𝑚𝑚)
3
𝑎 = 178.5 𝑚𝑚 𝑐 = ⎯⎯ (490𝑚𝑚)
= 503.4554 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 7
𝑐 = 210 𝑚𝑚
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
800 − 276
𝑀 = 0.83094(503.455 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.83094
( ) 1000 − 276
= 418.3412 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 ( ) = 418.3412 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 < 𝑀 = 620 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
Step 2: Determine the required steel reinforcement
(a) (b) (c)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑴𝒏 𝟏 + 𝑴𝒏 𝟐
RC-1 Page 43
(a) (b) (c)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑴𝒏 𝟏 + 𝑴𝒏 𝟐
𝑀 = 620 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑴𝒏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟎𝟑. 𝟒𝟓𝟓𝟒 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 𝑀 =𝑀 −𝑀
𝑀 = 𝜙𝑀 𝑀 = 746.1429 − 503.4554
620 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = (0.83094)𝑀 𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝟒𝟐. 𝟔𝟖𝟕𝟓 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟕𝟒𝟔. 𝟏𝟒𝟐𝟗 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
From fig. (b) : From fig. (c) :
𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏 𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) ; C' = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝑻𝟐(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) = 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝒇𝒚(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝐴 = 4,551.75 + 2,044.8896
0.85(27.6)(178.5)(300) = 𝐴 (276)
242.6875𝑥10 = 𝐴 (276)(490 − 60) 𝐴 = 6,596.6396 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 4,551.75 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 2,044.8896 𝑚𝑚
From fig. (c) :

𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
210 − 60
𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 428.57 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 210
𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 = 428.57 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 ′ = 2,044.8896 𝑚𝑚
Problem 4.1.5
A rectangular beam has 𝑏 = 310 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑑 = 460 𝑚𝑚. 𝑓 = 30 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and the steel yield 𝑓 =
415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Compression steel if required shall have its centroid 70 mm from the extreme
compression fiber. Calculate the required steel area if 𝑀 = 230 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 and 𝑀 =
190 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Given:
𝑑 = 70 𝑚𝑚 𝑀 = 230 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑑 = 460 𝑚𝑚 𝑀 = 190 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑓 = 30 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
𝑀 = 1.2 𝑀 + 1.6 𝑀
𝑀 = 1.2 (230) + 1.6 (190)
𝑀 = 580 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Req'd : 𝐴 = ? 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴 ′ = ?
Solution:
3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
RC-1 Page 44
𝟎. 𝟎𝟓(𝒇 𝒄 − 𝟐𝟖)
𝜷𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟕
0.05(30 − 28)
𝛽 = 0.85 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7
-
𝛽 = 0.83571
𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒂𝒃 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝟑

𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝑪𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝒄𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯𝒅
𝟕
= 0.85(30) (164.75426)(310) (460 − 164.75426⁄2) 1380
𝑎 = 0.83571(⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑚𝑚) 3
7 𝑐 = ⎯⎯ (460𝑚𝑚)
= 492.6371 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 7
𝑎 = 164.75426 𝑚𝑚
1380
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑚𝑚
7
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81453(492.6371 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚) 800 − 415

ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 0.81453
= 400.5935 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 1000 − 415
𝑀 ( ) = 401.2677 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 < 𝑀 = 580 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
(a) (b) (c)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑴𝒏𝟏 + 𝑴𝒏𝟐
𝑀 = 580 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑴𝒏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟗𝟏. 𝟖𝟎𝟗𝟑𝟖 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 𝑀 =𝑀 −𝑀
𝑀 = 𝜙𝑀 𝑀 = 712.0671 − 491.80938
580 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = (0.81453)𝑀 𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟎. 𝟐𝟓𝟕𝟕𝟐 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟕𝟏𝟐. 𝟎𝟔𝟕𝟏 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
From fig. (b) : From fig. (c) :
𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏 𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝑻𝟐(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) = 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝒇𝒚(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
0.85𝑓′ 𝑎𝑏 = 𝐴 𝑓
220.25772𝑥10 = 𝐴 (415)(460 − 70) 𝐴 = 3,138.27085 𝑚𝑚 + 1,360.8756 𝑚𝑚
0.85(30)(164.75426 )(310) = 𝐴 (415)
𝐴 = 1,360.8756 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 4,499.14645 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 3,138.27085 𝑚𝑚
From fig. (c) :

𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
1380
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 70
7
𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 386.9565 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 (386.9565) = (1,360.8756)(415) 1380
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 𝑓 = 386.9565 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 = 1,459.4688 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 45
1380
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 70
7
𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 386.9565 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 (386.9565) = (1,360.8756)(415) 1380
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 𝑓 = 386.9565 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 = 1,459.4688 𝑚𝑚
∴ 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑑𝑜𝑒𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
RC-1 Page 46
Lesson 4.2: Analysis and Design of Doubly T Beam
𝑪𝑨𝑺𝑬 𝟏: 𝑨𝑪 < 𝑨𝒇 , 𝒂 < 𝒕𝒇
𝑪+𝑪 = 𝑻
𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒄 + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
𝒂 𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 ′
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒄
𝟐
𝒂
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄𝑨𝒄 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 ′(𝒅 − 𝒅 )
𝟐
𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
𝑪𝑨𝑺𝑬 𝟐: 𝑨𝑪 > 𝑨𝒇 , 𝒂 > 𝒕𝒇
𝑪𝟏 + 𝑪 + 𝑪𝟐 = 𝑻
𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 + 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
𝒕𝒇 𝒛 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) + 𝑪𝟐 (𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯)
𝟐 𝟐
𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 ′
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔 ′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) + 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 (𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯)
𝟐 𝟐
RC-1 Page 47
𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
Problem 4.2.1
Calculate the design flexural strength of the T-Beam shown in Figure. Use 𝑓′ = 27 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 350 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Given:
𝑓′ = 27 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 350 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋(25𝑚𝑚) 3125
𝐴 = 10 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝜋 𝑚𝑚
4 2
𝜋(22𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 ′ = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 363𝜋 𝑚𝑚
4
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
(a) (b)
RC-1 Page 48
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏 𝑨 𝒇 = 𝒃 𝒇 ∗ 𝒕𝒇
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 600(110)
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 2399 𝐴 = 66,000 𝑚𝑚
3125 0.85(27)𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝜋(350)
𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝜋 − 363𝜋 2
𝐴 = 𝐴 2
2399 𝐴 = 57,469.2434 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 363𝜋 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 < 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎< 𝑡
𝐴 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝜋 𝑚𝑚
2
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝑨𝒄 = 𝒃𝒇 ∗ 𝒂 𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄
57,469.2434 = 600(𝑎)
95.7821 112.6848 − 46
𝑎 = 95.7821 𝑚𝑚 𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 355.07 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 112.6848
𝑐 = 112.6848 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 = 355.07 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 350 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝒅−𝒄 ∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
432.5 − 112.6848
𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 1,702.88 𝑀𝑃𝑎
112.6848
𝑓 = 1,702.88 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝜙 = 0.90
𝒂 𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒄
𝟐
𝒂
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄𝑨𝒄 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒅 )
𝟐
95.7821
𝑀 = 0.85(27)(57,469.2434) 432.5 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 363π(350)(432.5 − 46)
2
𝑀 = 661.53 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.90(661.53𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 595.377 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 4.2.2
Calculate the design flexural strength of the T-Beam shown in Figure. Use 𝑓′ = 25 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
RC-1 Page 49
Given:
𝑓′ = 25 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋(28𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 10 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 1960𝜋 𝑚𝑚
4
𝜋(22𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 ′ = 2 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 242𝜋 𝑚𝑚
4
Req'd : 𝑀 =?
Solution:
(a) (b)
From fig. (b) :

From fig. (a) :
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨 𝒔 = 𝑨 𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨 𝒔𝟐 𝑨𝒇 = 𝒃𝒇 ∗ 𝒕𝒇
𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 𝐴 −𝐴 0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 600(100)
𝐴 𝑓 = 𝐴 𝑓 𝐴 = 1960𝜋 − 242𝜋
0.85(25)𝐴 = 1718𝜋(345) 𝐴 = 60,000 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 𝐴 𝐴 = 1718 𝜋 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 87, 626.0415 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 242𝜋 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 > 𝐴 ∴ 𝑎> 𝑡
𝑨𝒄 = 𝑨𝟏 + 𝑨𝟐 𝑨𝟐 = 𝒃𝒘 ∗ 𝒛 𝒂 = 𝒕𝒇 + 𝒛
27,626.0415 = 315(𝑧) 𝑎 = 100 + 87.7017

𝐴 =𝐴 −𝐴
𝑧 = 87.7017 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 187.7017 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 87, 626.0415 − 60,000
𝐴 = 27,626.0415 𝑚𝑚
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′ 𝒅−𝒄
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝒄
187.7017 220.8255 − 46 419.5 − 220.8255

𝑐= 𝑓 ′ = 600 = 475.015 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 600 = 539.81 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 220.8255 220.8255
RC-1 Page 50
𝒂 𝒄 − 𝒅′ 𝒅−𝒄
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏 𝒄 𝒄
187.7017 220.8255 − 46 419.5 − 220.8255

𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 475.015 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 539.81 𝑀𝑃𝑎
0.85 220.8255 220.8255
𝑐 = 220.8255 𝑚𝑚
𝑓 = 475.015 𝑀𝑃𝑎 > 𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑓 = 345 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 539.81 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑔𝑖𝑜𝑛 , 𝑢𝑠𝑒 ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
539.81 − 345
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 345
ϕ = 0.72435
𝒕𝒇 𝒛 𝑪𝟏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) + 𝑪𝟐 (𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯)
𝟐 𝟐
𝑪𝟐 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐
𝑪′ = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟏 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ + 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒅 ) + 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝟐 (𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯)
𝟐 𝟐
100 87.7017
𝑀 = 0.85(25) (60,000) 419.5 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 242𝜋(345)(419.5 − 46) + 0.85(25)(27,626.0415)(419.5 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)
2 2
100 87.7017
𝑀 = 0.85(25) (60,000) 419.5 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 242𝜋(345)(419.5 − 46) + 0.85(25)(27,626.0415)(419.5 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯)
2 2
Sto. E Sto. F Sto. X
𝑀 = 730.9 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑀 = 0.72435(730. 9 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 = 529.43 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 4.2.3
A floor system consists of a 100-mm concrete slab supported by continuous T beams with 9 m span, 4.5 m on centers as shown in figure and supported
by 280 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 280 𝑚𝑚 column. Web dimensions, as determined by negative-moment requirements, are 𝑏 = 280 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑑 = 500 𝑚𝑚. Concrete
cover is 70 𝑚𝑚 from the centroid of the bars. The beam is subjected to a maximum positive factored moment of 1,080 kN-m. Use 𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Unit weight of concrete is 23.5 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 .Calculate the required tension steel area at the point of maximum positive moment.
Given:
RC-1 Page 51
𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑀 = 1,080 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
δ = 23.5 𝑘𝑁
𝑚
Req'd : 𝐴 and 𝐴 ′
Solution:
Solve for 𝒃𝒇 ∶
4500
280
𝑠 = 𝑠 = 9000 − ⎯⎯⎯ = 8,860
2 = 𝟒𝟓𝟎𝟎 − 𝟐𝟖𝟎 = 𝟒𝟐𝟐𝟎
4220
= 280 + 16(100) 8860 8860 = 280 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
= 280 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯+ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
= 1,880 2 2
= 1,335
= 9,140
3 𝑓 −𝑓
ε = 0.004 𝑓 = 800 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 𝑓 < 𝑓 < 1000 ; ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
7 1000 − 𝑓
3 3 𝑎 =𝛽 𝑐
𝑐 = ⎯⎯𝑑 = ⎯⎯(500 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧=𝑎 −𝑡
7 7
𝑐 = 214.2857 𝑚𝑚 𝑎 = 0.85(214.2857 𝑚𝑚) 𝑧 = 182.1428 𝑚𝑚 − 100 𝑚𝑚
𝑎 = 182.1428 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 82.1428 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 1335𝑚𝑚(100 𝑚𝑚) 𝐴 =𝑧 ∗𝑏
𝐴 = 133,500 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 = 82.1428 𝑚𝑚(280 𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 22,999.984 𝑚𝑚
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 −
𝟐 𝟐
RC-1 Page 52
𝒕𝒇 𝒛
𝒚𝟏 = 𝒅 − ⎯⎯ 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒅 − 𝒕𝒇 − ⎯⎯
𝟐 𝟐
𝑡 𝑧
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − ⎯⎯ + 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝑑 − 𝑡 − ⎯⎯
2 2
100 82.1428
𝑀 ( ) = 0.85(21)(133,500) 500 − ⎯⎯⎯ + 0.85(21) (22,999.984) 500 − 100 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑀 ( ) = 1,219.70 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑓 −𝑓
𝑴𝒖(𝒎𝒂𝒙) = 𝝓𝑴𝒏(𝒎𝒂𝒙) ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 𝑓
800 − 415
ϕ = 0.65 + 0.25 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
1000 − 415
ϕ = 0.81453
𝑀 ( ) = 0.81453(1,219.70 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚)
𝑀 ( ) = 993.48 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑀 ( ) = 993.48 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 < 𝑀 = 1,080 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 ∴ 𝑑𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑎𝑠 𝐷𝑜𝑢𝑏𝑙𝑦 𝑅𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑑
(a) (b) (c)
𝑴𝒏 = 𝑴𝒏 𝟏 + 𝑴𝒏 𝟐
𝑀 = 1,080 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑴𝒏𝟏 = 𝟏, 𝟐𝟏𝟗. 𝟕𝟎 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 𝑀 =𝑀 −𝑀
𝑀 = 𝜙𝑀 𝑀 = 1,325.92 − 1,219.70
1,080 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = (0.81453)𝑀 𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝟏𝟎𝟔. 𝟐𝟐 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
𝑴𝒏 = 𝟏, 𝟑𝟐𝟓. 𝟗𝟐 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
From fig. (b) :
𝑪 = 𝑻𝟏 𝑨𝒄 = 𝑨𝟏 + 𝑨𝟐
𝐴 = 133,500 + 22,999.984
0.85𝑓′ 𝐴 = 𝐴 𝑓
𝐴 = 156,499.984 𝑚𝑚
0.85(21)(156,499.984) = 𝐴 (415)
𝐴 = 6,731.3849 𝑚𝑚
From fig. (c) :
𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝑪′(𝒅 − 𝒅 ) ; C' = 𝑻𝟐 𝑨𝒔 = 𝑨𝒔𝟏 + 𝑨𝒔𝟐
𝑴𝒏𝟐 = 𝑻𝟐 (𝒅 − 𝒅 ) = 𝑨𝒔𝟐 𝒇𝒚 (𝒅 − 𝒅 ) 𝐴 = 6,731.3849 + 595.2368
106.22𝑥10 = 𝐴 (415)(500 − 70) 𝐴 = 7,326.6217 𝑚𝑚
𝐴 = 595.2368 𝑚𝑚
From fig. (c) :

𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝒄
RC-1 Page 53
𝒄 − 𝒅′
𝑪′ = 𝑻𝟐 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
241.2857 − 70
𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 404 𝑀𝑃𝑎
241.2857
𝐴 (404) = (595.2368)(415)
𝑓 = 404 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐴 = 611.4437 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 54
Lesson 5.1 - Shear Strength in Beams
𝑉 = ϕ(𝑉 + 𝑉 )
where ϕ = 0.75, 𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟
𝑉 = ultimate shear strength @ section considered; critical section

𝑉 = shear strength provided by the concrete
𝑉 = shear strength provided by the stirrups

𝑠 = spacing of stirrups,
ω = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
Shear strength provided by the concrete, 𝑽𝒄
A. Simplified:
𝑅 𝑅
 For members subjected to shear and flexure only
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇′𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝑉
 For members subject to axial compression

42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑵𝒖 𝑀 𝑀
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟏𝟒𝑨𝒈
𝐻 𝐻
2𝑚 𝑅
𝑵𝒖
⎯⎯ shall be expressed in MPa
𝑨𝒈
𝑅 𝑉
Where:
𝑵𝒖 = factored axial load normal to cross section occurring simultaneously with 𝑽𝒖 to be taken as positive
for compression and negative for tension, and to include effects of tension due to creep and shrinkage.
+ 𝑵𝒖
− 𝑵𝒖
𝑨𝒈 = gross area of section in 𝑚𝑚
B. Detailed:
 For members subjected to shear and flexure only
Choose the smallest value of :

⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑴𝒖
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
Where:
𝑽𝒖 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯⎯ = shall not be greater than 1.0
𝑴𝒖
𝑨𝒔
ρ𝒘 = steel ratio @ web ; ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒃𝒘 𝒅
 For members subject to axial compression

⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑴𝒎
𝟒𝒉 − 𝒅
𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆: 𝑴𝒎 = 𝑴𝒖 − 𝑵𝒖 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ >𝟎
𝟖
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯ 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑨𝒈
Where:
RC-1 Page 55
Where:
𝑽𝒖 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯⎯ = not limited to 1.0
𝑴𝒎
𝑴𝒎 = modified moment
Value of λ
 1.0 for normal weight of concrete
 0.85 sand light weight of concrete
 0.75 all light weight of concrete
𝒇𝒄𝒕
𝝀 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 = 𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑠𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑙𝑒
𝟎. 𝟓𝟔 𝒇′𝒄
𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒
Shear strength provided by the stirrups , 𝑽𝒔 and spacing of stirrups 𝒔 𝑨𝒗 = 𝒏 ∗ 𝑨𝒔
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔
Maximum spacing , 𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙
𝒅 ⎯⎯⎯
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎 𝑽𝒔 ≤ 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯
𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟑𝟎𝟎 𝑽𝒔 > 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝟒
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯
Given that 𝑽𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝟎. 𝟔𝟔 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 , if 𝑽𝒔 > 𝟎. 𝟔𝟔 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅, the beam is inadequate.
Minimum Shear Reinforcement Area
⎯⎯⎯𝒃𝒘
𝑨𝒗𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟔𝟐 𝒇′𝒄 ⎯⎯⎯𝒔
𝒇𝒚𝒕
𝒃𝒘
𝑨𝒗𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟓 ⎯⎯⎯𝒔
𝒇𝒚𝒕
𝟏
⎯⎯ϕ𝑽𝒄 < 𝑽𝒖 Therefore, provide minimum shear area
𝟐
ϕ𝑽𝒄 < 𝑽𝒖 Therefore, 𝑽𝒖 = 𝝓(𝑽𝒄 + 𝑽𝒔 )
𝟏
⎯⎯ϕ𝑽𝒄 < 𝑽𝒖 < ϕ𝑽𝒄 Therefore, provide minimum shear area
𝟐
𝟏
𝑽𝒖 < ⎯⎯ϕ𝑽𝒄 Therefore, use 𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙
𝟐
RC-1 Page 56
Problem 5.1.1
A simply supported beam having a depth of 400 mm, width of 250 mm and a clear span of 5.7 m is carrying a factored load
42.056 ⁄ uniformy distributed. Concrete compressive strength is 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Stirrups diameter is 10 mm
and steel covering up to reinforcement is 70 mm.
a. Find the factored shear force at critical section.
b. Find the required spacing at the critical section.
c. Find the required spacing 2m from support.
d. If the beam is carrying an additional factored tensile axial load of 180 kN, find the spacing at critical section.
Given: 𝑏 = 250 𝑚𝑚 𝑓′ = 20.70 𝑀𝑃𝑎

ℎ = 400 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐿 = 5.7 𝑚 𝑑 = 10 𝑚𝑚 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚.
ω = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 𝐶 = 70 𝑚𝑚
d = 330 mm
Solution:
a.) Vu @ Critical Section
ω = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
Critical section is when L=d
400 𝑚𝑚 330 𝑚𝑚
𝑅 𝑅
70 𝑚𝑚
250 𝑚𝑚
ω 𝐿
∑𝐹 = 0 ; 𝑅 = 𝑅 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯
2
42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (5.7 𝑚)
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2
= 119.8596 𝑘𝑁
∑𝐹 = 0 ;
42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝑅 = ω (𝑑) + 𝑉
𝑑 = 330 𝑚𝑚 119.8596 𝑘𝑁 = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (0.330 𝑚) + 𝑉

𝑅 = 119.8596 𝑘𝑁
𝑉 = 105.9811 𝑘𝑁
b.) Spacing, 𝒔 @ Critical Section
𝑽𝒖 = 𝝓(𝑽𝒄 + 𝑽𝒔 )
Simplified w/out axial:

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇′𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝝀 = 𝟏. 𝟎
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 = 0.17 (1.0) (20.7) (250) (330)
𝑉 = 63.8099 𝑘𝑁
105.9811 𝑘𝑁 = 0.75(63.8099 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
𝑉 = 77.4982 𝑘𝑁
π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎
RC-1 Page 57
𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎
(2 ∗ 25π)(275)(330)
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
(77.4982𝑥10 )
𝑠 = 183.230 𝑚𝑚
Check the value of s:

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯⎯
77.4982 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √20.7(250) (330)
330
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
77.4982 𝑘𝑁 < 123.8663 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟏𝟔𝟓 𝒎𝒎
c.) Spacing, 𝒔 @ 2 m
∑𝐹 = 0 ;
42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝑅 = ω (𝐿) + 𝑉
2𝑚 119.8596 𝑘𝑁 = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (2 𝑚) + 𝑉
𝑅 = 119.8596 𝑘𝑁
𝑉 = 35.7476 𝑘𝑁
𝑉 = 63.8099 𝑘𝑁
𝑉 = 35.7476 𝑘𝑁
35.7476 𝑘𝑁 = 0.75(63.8099 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
𝑉 = −16.1464 𝑘𝑁
𝟏
⎯⎯ϕ𝑽𝒄 < 𝑽𝒖 < ϕ𝑽𝒄 Therefore, provide minimum shear area
𝟐
23.928 𝑘𝑁 < 35.7476 < 47.8574
1st Formula 2nd Formula
⎯⎯⎯𝒃𝒘 𝒃𝒘 𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅
𝑨𝒗𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟔𝟐 𝒇′𝒄 ⎯⎯⎯𝒔 𝑨𝒗𝒎𝒊𝒏 = 𝟎. 𝟑𝟓 ⎯⎯⎯𝒔 𝑽𝒔 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒔
(2 ∗ 25𝜋)(275)(330)
10 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 250 10 (250) 𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 · 𝜋 ⎯⎯⎯ = 0.062√20.7 ⎯⎯⎯ 𝑠 2 · 𝜋 ⎯⎯⎯ = 0.35 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑠 (493.679)
4 275 4 (275)
𝑉 = 28.875 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 612.542 𝑚𝑚 𝑠 = 493.679 𝑚𝑚

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯⎯
28.875 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √20.7(250) (330)
330
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
28.875 𝑘𝑁 < 123.8663 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 58
d.) Spacing, 𝒔 @ Critical Section when Axial force 180 kN is added
ω = 42.056 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
180 𝑘𝑁 180 𝑘𝑁 𝑉 = 105.9811 𝑘𝑁
119.8596 119.8596
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟏𝟒𝑨𝒈
⎯⎯⎯⎯ −180𝑥10
𝑉 = 0.17 (1.0)√20.7(250) (330) 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
14(250 ∗ 400)
𝑉 = 55.606 𝑘𝑁
105.9811 𝑘𝑁 = 0.75(55.606 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
𝑉 = 85.7021 𝑘𝑁
π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎
(2 ∗ 25π)(275)(330)
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
(85.7021𝑥10 )
𝑠 = 166.332 𝑚𝑚

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯⎯
85.7021 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √20.7(250) (330)
330
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
85.7021 𝑘𝑁 < 123.8663 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 165 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
Problem 5.1.2
A 6m long simply supported beam is carrying a factored concentrated load of 500 kN acting at midspan, factored axial compression load of 250 kN, and a
factored uniformly distributed load of 6.921 kN/m. The beam is 300 mm wide and has a total depth of 700 mm. It is reinforced at the bottom side with
3-32 mm bars. Steel covering up to tensile reinforcement is 70 mm and compressive strength is 27.6 MPa. Tensile strength of bars is 276 MPa.
a. Find the modified moment at critical section.
b. Find the shear strength provided by the concrete.
c. Find the spacing of stirrups if the diameter of rebars is 10 mm.
Given: 𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚 𝑓′ = 27.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝜋(32𝑚𝑚)

𝐴 = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 768𝜋 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 700 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎 4
𝑑 = 630 𝑚𝑚 𝑑 = 10 𝑚𝑚 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚.
𝐶 = 70 𝑚𝑚
𝑃 = 500 𝑘𝑁
700 𝑚𝑚 630 𝑚𝑚
ω = 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝐴
𝑁 = 250 𝑘𝑁 250 𝑘𝑁 70 𝑚𝑚
𝐿 =6𝑚 300 𝑚𝑚
R R
Solution:
a.) 𝑀 @ Critical Section
RC-1 Page 59
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑴𝒎
𝟒𝒉 − 𝒅
𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆: 𝑴𝒎 = 𝑴𝒖 − 𝑵𝒖 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ >𝟎
𝟖
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯ 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑨𝒈
∑𝑭𝑽 = 𝟎 ; 2𝑅 = ω 𝐿 + 𝑃 500 𝑘𝑁
ω 𝐿 𝑃
𝑅 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯+ ⎯⎯
2 2
ω = 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (6 𝑚) 500 𝑘𝑁
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 250 𝑘𝑁 250 𝑘𝑁
2 2
𝐿 =6𝑚
= 270.763 𝑘𝑁 R R
𝑉
∑𝑴𝒅 = 𝟎 ;
𝑑 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝑀 + ω 𝑑 ⎯⎯ = 𝑅𝑑
2
𝑀 + 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (0.630 𝑚)(0.315 𝑚) = 270.763 𝑘𝑁(0.630 𝑚) 𝑀
𝑑 = 630 𝑚𝑚
𝑀 = 169.207 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑅 = 270.763 𝑘𝑁
𝟒𝒉 − 𝒅
𝑴𝒎 = 𝑴𝒖 − 𝑵𝒖 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ >𝟎
𝟖
4(0.700 𝑚) − (0.630𝑚)
𝑀 = 169.207 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 − 250 𝑘𝑁 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
8
𝑀 = 101.395 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
a.) 𝑉 =?
𝑉
∑𝐹 = 0 ; 𝑨𝒔
ρ𝒘 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒃𝒘 𝒅
6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 𝑅 = ω (𝑑) + 𝑉
768𝜋 𝑚𝑚
𝑀 𝜌 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
300 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 630 𝑚𝑚
270.763 𝑘𝑁 = 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (0.63 𝑚) + 𝑉
𝑑 = 630 𝑚𝑚
𝜌 = 0.01277
𝑉 = 266.4028 𝑘𝑁
𝑅 = 270.763 𝑘𝑁
𝑽𝒖 𝒅
Check: ⎯⎯⎯⎯> 𝟏. 𝟎
𝑴𝒎
266.4028 𝑘𝑁(0.630𝑚)
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 1.6552 > 𝟏. 𝟎 𝑜𝑘
101.395 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑴𝒎
⎯⎯⎯⎯ 266.4028𝑥10 𝑁 (630 𝑚𝑚)

𝑉 = 0.16 (1.0)√27.6 + 17 (0.01277) ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ (300𝑚𝑚)(630𝑚𝑚)
101.395𝑥10 𝑁 · 𝑚𝑚
𝑉 = 226.7828 𝑘𝑁
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝑵𝒖
𝑽 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒃 𝒅 𝟏 +
𝑨
RC-1 Page 60
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯ 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑨𝒈
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯⎯ 0.29(250𝑥10 𝑁)
𝑉 = 0.29 (1.0) √27.6 (300𝑚𝑚)(630𝑚𝑚) 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
(300𝑚𝑚 ∗ 700𝑚𝑚)
𝑉 = 333.975 𝑘𝑁
Therefore: 𝑽𝒄 = 𝟐𝟐𝟔. 𝟕𝟖𝟐𝟖 𝒌𝑵
c.) Spacing, 𝒔
266.4028 𝑘𝑁 = 0.75(226.7828 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
𝑉 = 128.4209 𝑘𝑁
π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎
(2 ∗ 25π)(276)(630)
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
(128.4209𝑥10 )
𝑠 = 212.6835 𝑚𝑚

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯⎯
128.4209 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √27.6 (300) (630)
630
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 315 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
128.4209 𝑘𝑁 < 327.6651 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 315 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟐𝟏𝟐. 𝟔𝟖𝟑𝟓 𝒎𝒎

`
Problem 5.1.3
A 6m long simply supported beam is carrying a factored concentrated load of 500 kN acting at midspan and a factored uniformly distributed load of 6.921
kN/m. The beam is 300 mm wide and has a total depth of 700 mm. It is reinforced at the bottom side with 3-32 mm bars. Steel covering up to tensile
reinforcement is 70 mm and compressive strength is 27.6 MPa. Tensile strength of bars is 276 MPa.
a. Find the shear strength provided by the concrete using detailed calculation.
b. Find the spacing of stirrups if the diameter of rebars is 10 mm.
Given: 𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚 𝑓′ = 27.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝜋(32𝑚𝑚)

𝐴 = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 768𝜋 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 700 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎 4
𝑑 = 630 𝑚𝑚 𝑑 = 10 𝑚𝑚 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚.
𝐶 = 70 𝑚𝑚
500 𝑘𝑁
700 𝑚𝑚 630 𝑚𝑚
ω = 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
𝐴
70 𝑚𝑚
𝐿 =6𝑚 300 𝑚𝑚
R R
Solution:
a.) 𝑉 @ 𝐷𝑒𝑡𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
RC-1 Page 61
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝑨𝒔
𝑴𝒖 ρ𝒘 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒃𝒘 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 768𝜋 𝑚𝑚
𝜌 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯ 300 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 630 𝑚𝑚
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝜌 = 0.01277
ω 𝐿 𝑃
∑𝑭𝑽 = 𝟎 ; 𝑅 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯+ ⎯⎯ 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚
2 2
6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (6 𝑚) 500 𝑘𝑁 𝑀
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑑 = 630 𝑚𝑚
= 270.763 𝑘𝑁
𝑅 = 270.763 𝑘𝑁
∑𝑴𝒅 = 𝟎 ; ∑𝐹 = 0 ;
𝑑 𝑅 = ω (𝐿) + 𝑉
𝑀 + ω 𝑑 ⎯⎯ = 𝑅𝑑
2
𝑀 + 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (0.630)(0.315 𝑚) = 270.763 𝑘𝑁(0.630 𝑚) 270.763 𝑘𝑁 = 6.921 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (0.63 𝑚) + 𝑉
𝑀 = 169.207 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 𝑉 = 266.2698 𝑘𝑁
𝑽𝒖 𝒅
Check: ⎯⎯⎯⎯≤ 𝟏. 𝟎
𝑴𝒖
266.2698 𝑘𝑁(0.630 𝑚)
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= 0.99318 < 𝟏. 𝟎 𝑜𝑘
169.207 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 𝒅
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑴𝒖
⎯⎯⎯⎯ 266.2698𝑥10 (630)

𝑉 = 0.16 (1.0) √27.6 + 17 (0.01277) ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ (300) (630)
169.207𝑥10
𝑉 = 199.5447 𝑘𝑁
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟔 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 + 𝟏𝟕 ρ𝒘 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 = 0.16 (1.0) √27.6 + 17 (0.01277) (300) (630)
𝑉 = 199.898 𝑘𝑁
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟗 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 = 0.29 (1.0) √27.6 (300) (630)
𝑉 = 287.9482 𝑘𝑁
Therefore: 𝑽𝒄 = 𝟏𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟒𝟒𝟕 𝒌𝑵
c.) Spacing, 𝒔
266.2698 𝑘𝑁 = 0.75(199.5447 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
RC-1 Page 62
𝑉 = 155.4817 𝑘𝑁
π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 276 𝑀𝑃𝑎
(2 ∗ 25π)(276)(630)
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
(155.4817𝑥10 )
𝑠 = 175.667 𝑚𝑚

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯⎯
155.4817 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √27.6 (300) (630)
630
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 315 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
155.4817 𝑘𝑁 < 327.6651 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 315 𝑚𝑚 0𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟏𝟕𝟓. 𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒎𝒎
Problem 5.1.4
Design the spacing of a 10-mm U stirrups for the beam with a span of 6m, effective depth is 570 mm and width equals to 375 mm, for
which dead load is equal to 45 kN/m (including its own weight) and live load is equal to 64 kN/m. Concrete compressive strength is
27.60 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Given: 𝑏 = 375 𝑚𝑚 𝑓′ = 27.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 ω = 45 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

𝑑 = 570 𝑚𝑚 𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎 ω = 64 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
𝐿 =6𝑚 𝑑 = 10 𝑚𝑚 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚.
Solution:
Solving for 𝑉 :
Factored uniform load: ω = 45 𝑘𝑁/𝑚 ω = 64 𝑘𝑁/𝑚

∑𝑭𝑽 = 𝟎 ;
𝝎𝒖 = 𝟏. 𝟐𝝎𝑫𝑳 + 𝟏. 𝟔𝝎𝑳𝑳 ω 𝐿
ω = 156.4 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 𝑅 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑘𝑁 𝑘𝑁 2
𝜔 = 1.2 45 ⎯⎯⎯ + 1.6 64 ⎯⎯⎯
𝑚 𝑚
156.4 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (6 𝑚)
𝑘𝑁 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝐿 =6𝑚 2
𝜔 = 156.4 ⎯⎯⎯ R
𝑚 R
= 469.2 𝑘𝑁
𝑉
Equation of 𝑉 at any point "x" :
∑𝐹 = 0 ;
156.4 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 𝑅 = ω (𝑥) + 𝑉
469.2 𝑘𝑁 = 156.4 𝑘𝑁 𝑚 (𝑥) + 𝑉
𝑥
𝑉 = 469.2 − 156.4𝑥
𝑅 = 469.2 𝑘𝑁
Solving for 𝑉 :
Simplified w/out axial:
RC-1 Page 63
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇′𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝝀 = 𝟏. 𝟎
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 = 0.17 (1.0) (27.6) (375) (570)
𝑉 = 190.9016 𝑘𝑁
Solving for 𝑉 :
𝑽𝒖 = 𝝓𝑽𝒄 + 𝝓𝑽𝒔
𝑽𝒖
⎯⎯⎯= 𝑽𝒄 + 𝑽𝒔
𝝓
𝑽𝒖
𝑽𝒔 = ⎯⎯⎯− 𝑽𝒄
𝝓
(469.2 − 156.4𝑥)
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016
0.75
Spacing of stirrups: Check the value of s: 𝒅

𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
⎯⎯⎯ 𝟐
π 𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π 570
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4 ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 285 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
𝑽𝒔 𝑉 ? 0.33 √27.6 (375) (570) 2
𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝑉 ? 370.57 𝑘𝑁 𝑠 = 285 𝑚𝑚 or 600 mm
• Spacing @ 𝒙 = 𝒅 = 𝟎. 𝟓𝟕 𝒎 Say @ 0.6 m of the beam, how many 80 mm spacing will be used?
𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 0.6 𝑚 ∗ .08 𝑚 = 7.5 say 8
[469.2 − 156.4(0.57)] At 8 spacing , the distance is 0.64 m already. So we will find the value of Vs and s for 0.64 distance.
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016
0.75 At x=0.64 m , Vs = 301.237 and s =81.74, that means the spacing 80 mm can still be used. From 8, add 1 so we can use 9 spacing at 80
mm
We will continue to add 1 , 80 mm spacing until we reach the 100 mm spacing , then that will be the time to decide if how many 80 mm
𝑉 = 315.8344 𝑘𝑁
spacing you will need,
As you can see, we reach 12, 80 mm spacing until we reach the 100 mm spacing, thus from 0 to 12(0.08) m we now change the spacing of
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570) stirrups
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 315.8344𝑥10 Note that you can use different spacing of stirrups in every distance of the beam that you want, but , in real life it would be uneconomically
and troublesome to the carpenters.
𝑆 = 77.959 say 80 mm
Just be reminded, that your chosen spacing should be within the solved spacing of stirrups.
Use 12 stirrups @ 80 mm
• Spacing @ 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟐(. 𝟎𝟖 𝒎) = 𝟎. 𝟗𝟔 𝒎 On this part, @ 0.96 m we solved the spacing of stirrups equal to 104.9958 mm and used 100 mm
Again, we will continue to add 1 , 100 mm spacing until we reach the 140 mm spacing
[469.2 − 156.4(0.96)]
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016
0.75
As you can see, we reach 3, 100 mm spacing until we reach the 140 mm spacing, thus @1.26 m we now change the spacing of
stirrups
𝑉 = 234.507 𝑘𝑁
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 234.507𝑥10
𝑆 = 104.9958 say 100 mm
• Spacing @ 𝒙 = 𝟎. 𝟗𝟔 + 𝟑(. 𝟏𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏. 𝟐𝟔
On this part, @ 1.26 m we solved the spacing of stirrups equal to 143.1766 mm and used 140 mm
[469.2 − 156.4(1.26)]
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016
0.75 Again, we will continue to add 1 , 140 mm spacing until we reach the 220 mm spacing
𝑉 = 171.947 𝑘𝑁 As you can see, we reach 2, 140 mm spacing until we reach the 220 mm spacing, thus @1.54 m we now change the spacing of
stirrups
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 171.947𝑥10
𝑆 = 143.1766 say 140 mm
RC-1 Page 64
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 171.947𝑥10
𝑆 = 143.1766 say 140 mm
• Spacing @ 𝒙 = 𝟏. 𝟐𝟔 + 𝟐(. 𝟏𝟒𝟎) = 𝟏. 𝟓𝟒
On this part, @ 1.54 m we solved the spacing of stirrups equal to 216 mm and used 220 mm
[469.2 − 156.4(1.54)]
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016 Again, we will continue to add 1 , 220 mm spacing until we reach the maximum 285 mm spacing
0.75
𝑉 = 113.5577 𝑘𝑁 As you can see, we reach 2, 220 mm spacing until we reach the maximum 285 mm spacing , thus @ 1.98m we now change the
spacing of stirrups
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 113.5577𝑥10
𝑆 = 216 say 220 mm
• Spacing @ 𝒙 = 𝟏. 𝟓𝟒 + 𝟐(. 𝟐𝟐𝟎) = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖

At this point the solved spacing is above the maximum spacing of stirrups equals to 285 mm , therefore
it is decided that the spacing of stirrups from 1.98 m up to midspan is equal to 280 mm.
[469.2 − 156.4(1.26)]
𝑉 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 190.9016
0.75
𝑉 = 21.803 𝑘𝑁
𝐴 𝑓 𝑑 2 ∗ 25π(275)(570)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑉 113.5577𝑥10
𝑆 = 1,129.304 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 65
RC-1 Page 66
Lesson 5.2 - Design For Torsion Reinforcement
THRESHOLD TORQUE, 𝑻𝒕𝒉
Torsional effects may be neglected when the factored torsional moment Tu is less than the following:
1. For non-prestressed members:

⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
12 𝑃
2. For prestressed members:

⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑓
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯
12 𝑃 0.33λ 𝑓
3. For non-prestressed members subjected to an axial tensile or compressive force:
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑁
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯
12 𝑃 0.33 𝐴 λ 𝑓
Where:
CRACKING TORQUE, 𝑻𝒄𝒓 𝐴 = area enclosed by outside perimeter of concrete cross section, 𝑚𝑚
𝑃 = outside perimeter of concrete cross section, 𝑚𝑚

1. For non-prestressed members:
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 = compressive stress in concrete after allowance for all pres-stress looses
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
3 𝑃 λ = modification factor
2. For prestressed members:
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑓
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯
3 𝑃 0.33λ 𝑓
3. For non-prestressed members subjected to an axial tensile or compressive force:
⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴 𝑁
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
⎯⎯⎯
3 𝑃 0.33 𝐴 λ 𝑓
TORSIONAL MOMENT STRENGTH, 𝑻𝒖
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: 𝐴 = 0.85 𝐴
2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓 θ = 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 30 𝑡𝑜 60 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑠
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ = 45 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛𝑜𝑛 − 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠
𝑆
= 37.5 𝑡𝑜 50 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠
ADDITIONAL LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT (Required for Torsion)
𝐴𝑓 𝐴 = area of one leg of closed stirrup resisting torsion

𝐴 = 𝑃 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑐𝑜𝑡 θ
𝑆𝑓 𝑃 =perimeter of the enclosed stirrup
SPACING OF TORSION REINFORCEMENT
• The spacing of transverse torsion reinforcement shall not exceed the smaller of ⎯⎯ or 300 mm.
Problem 5.2.1
A simply supported beam has a cross section of 400 mm x 600 mm. Strengths are 𝑓 = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 , 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Use 40 mm concrete cover ti 10 mm stirrups. The concrete used is sand-lightweight.
a. How much is the limiting torque of the beam?
b. What is the value of the cracking torque?
c. What is the largest load Pu, at 120 mm eccentricity that can be applied without requiring the beam, to have torsional reinforcements?
d. What will be the area of torsional reinforcement if Pu=100 kN?
RC-1 Page 67
c. What is the largest load Pu, at 120 mm eccentricity that can be applied without requiring the beam, to have torsional reinforcements?
Solution:
𝐴 = 𝑏ℎ For non-prestressed members:

⎯⎯⎯
= 400 𝑚𝑚(600𝑚𝑚) ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
= 240,000 𝑚𝑚 12 𝑃
⎯⎯⎯
0.75(0.85)√21 240,000
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑃 = 2 (𝑏 + ℎ) 12 2,000
= 2(400 𝑚𝑚 + 600𝑚𝑚)
= 7,011,340.813 𝑁 · 𝑚𝑚
= 2,000 𝑚𝑚
= 7.011 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
For non-prestressed members:

⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
3 𝑃
⎯⎯⎯
0.75 (0.85)√21 240,000
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
3 2,000
= 28.045 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
c. What is the largest load Pu, at 120 mm eccentricity that can be applied without requiring the beam to have torsional reinforcements?
𝑇 = 𝑃𝑒
7.011𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = 𝑃 (0.120 𝑚)
𝑃 = 58.425 𝑘𝑁
Tu=Pu*e
𝑇 = 100 𝑘𝑁(0.120 𝑚)
𝑇 = 12 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑇 > 𝑇 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑞𝑢𝑒 𝑻𝒖 𝑒𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑒𝑠ℎℎ𝑜𝑙𝑑 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑞𝑢𝑒 𝑻𝒕𝒉 ,
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒; 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑑.
RC-1 Page 68
𝒙 = 𝒃 − 𝟐 𝑪𝒄 − 𝒅𝒔
= 400 − 2(40) − 10
= 310 𝑚𝑚
𝒚 = 𝒉 − 𝟐 𝑪𝒄 − 𝒅𝒔
= 600 − 2(40) − 10
= 510 𝑚𝑚
2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓 2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ ; 𝑇 = ϕ 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ
𝑆 𝑆
𝐴 = 0.85 𝐴 𝑓 =𝑓 = 275 𝑀𝑃𝑎 θ = 45 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛𝑜𝑛 − 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠
= 0.85 (𝑥𝑦)
= 0.85 (310)(510)
= 134,385 𝑚𝑚
𝑇 2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓
⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ
ϕ 𝑆
12𝑥10 2(134,385)𝐴 (275) 1

⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.75 𝑆 tan 45
𝐴
⎯⎯ = 0.21647 𝑚𝑚
𝑆
𝑷𝒉 = 𝟐(𝒙 + 𝒚)
𝐴𝑓
𝐴 = 𝑃 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑐𝑜𝑡 θ
𝑆𝑓 = 2(310 + 510)
= 1,640 𝑚𝑚
275 1
𝐴 = 1,640(0.21647) ⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
415 𝑡𝑎𝑛 45
𝐴 = 235. 2481 𝑚𝑚
Problem 5.2.2
A concrete T-beam having a web thickness of 300 mm has a total depth of 700 mm with the slab thickness of 100 mm. The beam has a
spacing of 2.5 m on centers. The beam is subjected to torsion. 𝑓 = 20.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎
a. What is the effective width of flange if the beam is cast monolithically with the slab?
b. What is the limiting torque provided by the code so that the torsion can be neglected?
c. What is the required eccentricity of a concentrated load Pu=70 kN so that the torsion effects can be neglected?
d. What is the value of torque that will cause diagonal cracks?
Solution:
RC-1 Page 69
a. What is the effective width of flange if the beam is cast monolithically with the slab?
ℎ = 700 𝑚𝑚
𝑏 = 300 𝑚𝑚
𝑡 = 100 𝑚𝑚
𝑠 = 𝑠 = 2.5 𝑚
For torsion: 𝒃𝒇 = 𝒃𝒘 + 𝟐𝒛
𝑥 = ℎ−𝑡 𝑧=𝑥 𝑧 = 4∗𝑡

𝑧 = 600 𝑚𝑚 𝑧 = 4(100)
= 700 − 100
𝑧 = 400 𝑚𝑚
= 600 𝑚𝑚
𝐶ℎ𝑜𝑜𝑠𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑚𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟, 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝑧 = 400 𝑚𝑚
𝒃𝒇 = 𝒃𝒘 + 𝟐𝒛
= 300 + 2(400)
= 1,100 𝑚𝑚
b. What is the limiting torque provided by the code so that the torsion can be neglected?
⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
𝑇𝑢( ) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
12 𝑃
𝐴 = 𝐴 + 𝐴 = 𝑏 𝑡 + 𝑥𝑏
= 1,100(100) + 600(300)
= 290,000 𝑚𝑚
𝑃 = 2𝑏 + 2𝑡 + 2𝑥
= 2(1,100) + 2(100) + 2(600)
= 3,600 𝑚𝑚
⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.75(1.0)√20.7 290,000
𝑇𝑢( ) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
12 3,600
RC-1 Page 70
𝑇𝑢( ) = 6.64291 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
c. What is the required eccentricity of a concentrated load Pu=70 kN so that the torsion effects can be neglected?
𝑇𝑢( ) = 𝑃𝑒
6.64291𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚 = 70 𝑘𝑁 (𝑒)
𝑒 = 0.0949 𝑚 = 94.9 𝑚𝑚
d. What is the value of torque that will cause diagonal cracks?
⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
𝑇𝑢( ) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
3 𝑃
⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.75 (1.0)√20.7 290,000
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
3 36000
= 26.57 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
Problem 5.2.3
A 350 mm x 500 mm beam whose effective depth is 420 mm has 𝑓 = 24 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Stirrups used are 10 mm diameter in concrete cover of
40 mm.
a. Solve the required spacing of stirrups based on shear design. At the critical section for shear, Vu=180 kN (shear force) and Nu=70 kN (axial force).
b. Solve the required spacing of stirrups based on torsion design. At the critical for torsion, Tu=30 kN-m (torque).
c. Solve the required area of torsional reinforcements.
Solution:
a. Solve the required spacing of stirrups based on shear design. At the critical section for shear, Vu=180 kN (shear force) and Nu=70 kN (axial force).
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑽𝒖 = 𝝓(𝑽𝒄 + 𝑽𝒔 )
𝟏𝟒𝑨𝒈
180 = 0.75(125.923 𝑘𝑁 + 𝑉 )
⎯⎯⎯ 70𝑥10
= 0.17 (1.0) √24(350) (420) 1 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑉 = 114.077 𝑘𝑁
14(350𝑥500)
= 125.923 𝑘𝑁
π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒉 𝒅 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 4
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
2(25π)(415)(420)
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
114.077𝑥10
𝑆 = 240.004 𝑚𝑚 Check the value of s:

⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
𝟐
⎯⎯⎯
114.077 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √24 (350) (420)
420
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 210 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
RC-1 Page 71
114.077 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √24 (350) (420)
420
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 210 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
2
114.077 𝑘𝑁 < 237.649 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 210 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟐𝟏𝟎 𝒎𝒎
b. Solve the required spacing of stirrups based on torsion design. At the critical for torsion, Tu=30 kN-m (torque).
⎯⎯⎯
ϕλ 𝑓 𝐴
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯
12 𝑃
⎯⎯⎯
0.75(1.0)√24 (350𝑥500)
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
12 2(350 + 500)
= 5.516 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
𝑇 > 𝑇 𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑞𝑢𝑒 𝑻𝒖 𝑒𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑟𝑒𝑠ℎℎ𝑜𝑙𝑑 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑞𝑢𝑒 𝑻𝒕𝒉 ,
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒; 𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑎𝑟𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑑.
𝒙 = 𝒃 − 𝟐 𝑪 𝒄 − 𝒅𝒔
= 350 − 2(40) − 10
= 260 𝑚𝑚
𝒚 = 𝒉 − 𝟐 𝑪 𝒄 − 𝒅𝒔
= 500 − 2(40) − 10
= 410 𝑚𝑚
2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓 2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓
𝑇 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ ; 𝑇 = ϕ 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ
𝑆 𝑆
𝐴 = 0.85 𝐴 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 θ = 45 𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑒𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑛𝑜𝑛 − 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠
= 0.85 (𝑥𝑦)
π
= 0.85 (260)(410) 𝐴 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π
4
= 90,610 𝑚𝑚
2𝐴 𝐴 𝑓
𝑆 = ϕ 𝑥 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯cot θ
𝑇
2(90,610)(25π)(415) 1
𝑆 = 0.75 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
30𝑥10 tan 45
𝑆 = 147.667 𝑚𝑚
• The spacing of transverse torsion reinforcement shall not exceed the smaller of ⎯⎯or 300 mm.
RC-1 Page 72
𝑷𝒉 𝑷𝒉 = 𝟐(𝒙 + 𝒚)
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟑𝟎𝟎
𝟖
= 2(260 + 410)
= 1,340 𝑚𝑚
1,340
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 300 𝑚𝑚
8
𝑠 = 167.5 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 300 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟏𝟒𝟕. 𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒎𝒎
c. Solve the required area of torsional reinforcements.
𝐴𝑓
𝐴 = 𝑃 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯𝑐𝑜𝑡 θ
𝑆𝑓
25π(415) 1
𝐴 = 1,340 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
147.667(415) 𝑡𝑎𝑛 (45)
𝐴 = 712.707 𝑚𝑚
RC-1 Page 73
Lesson 6 - Columns
𝑷𝒐
∑𝐹 = 0;
𝑃
𝑷𝒐 = 𝑷𝒄 + 𝑷𝒔 Where: σ = ⎯⎯ σ = 0.85𝑓′
𝐴
𝑃 = σ𝐴 σ = 𝑓 𝑜𝑟 𝑓
𝑷𝒄
𝑃 =𝜎 𝐴 +𝜎 𝐴
𝑷𝒔 𝑃 = 0.85𝑓 (𝐴 − 𝐴 ) + 𝑓 𝐴
TIED COLUMN SPIRAL COLUMN
𝑃 = ϕ 0.80 𝑃 𝑃 = ϕ 0.85 𝑃
𝑃 = ϕ 0.80 0.85𝑓 𝐴 −𝐴 +𝑓 𝐴 𝑃 = ϕ 0.85 0.85𝑓 𝐴 −𝐴 +𝑓 𝐴
AXIALLY LOADED COLUMN
• Design of Tied Column
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟎 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝑨𝒈 − 𝑨𝒔𝒕 + 𝒇𝒚 𝑨𝒔𝒕
Where:
𝑃 = 1.2𝑃 + 1.6𝑃
𝐴 = 𝜌𝐴 ; 1% min − 8% 𝑚𝑎𝑥
𝜌 = 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜
𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒: 1.5 % − 3%
ϕ = 0.65
Lateral ties
10 mm diam. for ≤ 32 mm diam. main bars
12 mm diam. For > 32 mm diam. main bars
Spacing, S 𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝒍𝒐𝒏𝒈𝒊𝒕𝒖𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒍 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒔

(min. 12 mm diam.)
Spacing, S
Shall not exceed to:

• 𝟏𝟔 𝒅𝒃
• 𝟒𝟖 𝒅𝒕
• 𝒍𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝒅𝒊𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒐𝒇
𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒏
Problem 6.1
Design a square tied column to support an axial dead load of 575 kN and an axial live load of 795 kN. Assume 𝑓 = 27.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 , 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
Use 28 mm main bars and 10 mm ties.
Solution:
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟎 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝐴 = 𝜌𝐴 = 0.02𝐴 𝑃 = 1.2𝑃 + 1.6𝑃

= 1.2(575 𝑘𝑁) + 1.6(795 𝑘𝑁)
= 1,962 𝑘𝑁
1,962 𝑥 10 = 0.65 (0.80) 0.85(27.6) 𝐴 − 0.02𝐴 + 414(0.02𝐴 )
𝐴 = 120,658.1515 𝑚𝑚
Square Tied Column:
𝐴 =𝑥
120,658.1515 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑥 348 𝑚𝑚
𝑥 = 347.36 𝑚𝑚 𝑠𝑎𝑦 𝟑𝟒𝟖 𝒎𝒎 348 𝑚𝑚
Area of main bars:

𝐴 = 0.02𝐴 = 0.02(120,658.1515 𝑚𝑚 )
𝐴 = 2,413.16 𝑚𝑚
Number of main bars:
RC-1 Page 74
π
𝐴= 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑟𝑠 ∗ ⎯⎯𝑑
4
π
2,413.16 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑛 ∗ ⎯⎯(28 𝑚𝑚)
4
𝑛 = 3.919 𝑠𝑎𝑦 𝟒 𝒑𝒄𝒔
Spacing of Lateral Ties:
𝟏𝟔 𝒅𝒃 = 16 ∗ 28𝑚𝑚 = 448 𝑚𝑚
𝟒𝟖 𝒅𝒕 = 48 ∗ 10𝑚𝑚 = 480 𝑚𝑚
𝒍𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒕 𝒅𝒊𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒏 = 348 𝑚𝑚
Therefore: Use 10 mm diameter lateral ties spaced @ 348 mm O.C.
Problem 6.2
A square tied column 450 mm on each side is reinforced with 8-25 mm bars with 𝑓 = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 . Determine the safe axial
live load if the axial dead load on the column is 820 kN.
Solution:
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 , 𝐴 = 450 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 450 𝑚𝑚 = 202,500 𝑚𝑚

π
𝑺𝒕𝒆𝒆𝒍 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 , 𝐴 = 8 ∗ ⎯⎯(25 𝑚𝑚) = 1,250 π 𝑚𝑚
4
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟎 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝑃 = 0.65 (0.80) [0.85(21)(202,500 − 1,250 𝜋) + 415(1,250 𝜋)]
𝑃 = 2,690.60 𝑘𝑁
𝑃 = 1.2𝑃 + 1.6𝑃
2,690.60 𝑘𝑁 = 1.2(820 𝑘𝑁) + 1.6𝑃
𝑷𝑳𝑳 = 𝟏, 𝟎𝟔𝟔. 𝟔𝟑 𝒌𝑵
• Design of Spiral Columns

𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒈 − 𝑨𝒔𝒕 + 𝒇𝒚 𝑨𝒔𝒕 Where: ϕ = 0.75
𝑫𝒄
𝑫 𝑪𝒄
𝑪𝒐𝒓𝒆 𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒎𝒆𝒕𝒆𝒓, 𝑫𝒄 ∶ 𝐷 = 𝐷 − 2𝐶
π
𝑪𝒐𝒓𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂, 𝑨𝒄 ∶ 𝐴 = ⎯⎯𝐷
4
π
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂, 𝑨𝒈 ∶ 𝐴 = ⎯⎯𝐷
4
π
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝒔𝒑𝒊𝒓𝒂𝒍 𝑩𝒂𝒓 , 𝒂𝒔 ∶ 𝑎 = ⎯⎯ 𝑑
4
𝐴 𝑓 𝐷 𝑓
Minimum Spiral Ratio, 𝝆𝒔(𝒎𝒊𝒏) : 𝜌 ( ) = 0.45 ⎯⎯⎯− 1 ⎯⎯⎯ or 𝜌 ( ) = 0.45 ⎯⎯⎯⎯− 1 ⎯⎯⎯
𝐴 𝑓 𝐷 𝑓
4𝑎 (𝐷 −𝑑 )
Spacing of Spiral, S : 𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜌 𝐷
RC-1 Page 75
𝑆 = 𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ = 𝑆 − 𝑑 [ 25 𝑚𝑚 ≤ 𝑆 ≤ 75 𝑚𝑚]
Problem 6.3
Design a round spiral column to support an axial deadload of 800 kN and an axial live load of 1,350 kN. Assume that 2% longitudinal steel is desired,
𝑓′ = 23.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 414 𝑀𝑃𝑎 . Use 25 mm main reinforcement and 10 mm spiral with 30 mm steel covering.
Solution:
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝑃
= ϕ 0.85 0.85𝑓 𝐴 −𝐴
𝐴 = 𝜌𝐴 = 0.02𝐴 𝑃 = 1.2𝑃 + 1.6𝑃
+𝑓 𝐴
= 1.2(800 𝑘𝑁) + 1.6(1,350 𝑘𝑁)
= 3,120 𝑘𝑁
3,120 𝑥 10 = 0.75 (0.85) 0.85(23.6) 𝐴 − 0.02𝐴 + 414(0.02𝐴 )
𝐴 = 175,172.7936 𝑚𝑚
Square Tied Column:
π
𝐴 = ⎯⎯𝐷
4
π
175,172.7936 𝑚𝑚 = ⎯⎯𝐷
4
𝐷 = 472.27 𝑚𝑚 𝒔𝒂𝒚 𝟒𝟕𝟑 𝒎𝒎
Area of main bars:

𝐴 = 0.02𝐴 = 0.02(175,172.7936 𝑚𝑚 )
𝐴 = 3,503.4559 𝑚𝑚
π
𝐴 = 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑟𝑠 ∗ ⎯⎯𝑑
4
π
3,503.4559 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑛 ∗ ⎯⎯(25 𝑚𝑚)
4
𝑛 = 7.137 𝑠𝑎𝑦 𝟖 𝒑𝒄𝒔 𝟑𝟎𝒎𝒎 𝟑𝟎𝒎𝒎

𝑫𝒄 = 𝟒𝟕𝟑 − 𝟐(𝟑𝟎)
= 𝟒𝟏𝟑 𝒎𝒎
𝑫 = 𝟒𝟕𝟑 𝒎𝒎
π 𝜋 170569
𝑪𝒐𝒓𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂, 𝑨𝒄 ∶ 𝐴 = ⎯⎯𝐷 = ⎯⎯(413 𝑚𝑚) = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯π 𝑚𝑚
4 4 4 𝑫 = 𝟒𝟕𝟑 𝒎𝒎
𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝒃𝒂𝒓𝒔, 𝟖 − 𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝒎
π π 𝟏𝟎 𝒎𝒎 𝒔𝒑𝒊𝒓𝒂𝒍 𝒔𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒆𝒅 @𝟖𝟓 𝒎𝒎 𝑶. 𝑪.
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝒔𝒑𝒊𝒓𝒂𝒍 𝑩𝒂𝒓 , 𝒂𝒔 ∶ 𝑎 = ⎯⎯ 𝑑 = ⎯⎯(10) = 25π 𝑚𝑚
4 4
𝐷 𝑓
Minimum Spiral Ratio, 𝝆𝒔(𝒎𝒊𝒏) : 𝜌 ( ) = 0.45 ⎯⎯⎯⎯− 1 ⎯⎯⎯
𝐷 𝑓
(473) 23.6
= 0.45 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯− 1 ⎯⎯⎯⎯
(413) 414
= 0.00799
4𝑎 (𝐷 −𝑑 ) 4(25π) (413 − 10)

Spacing of Spiral, S : 𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝜌 𝐷 0.00799 (413)
𝑆 = 92.898 𝑚𝑚 𝒔𝒂𝒚 𝟗𝟑 𝒎𝒎 𝑶. 𝑪.
𝑆 = 𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ = 𝑆 − 𝑑
𝑆 = 75 𝑚𝑚
= 93 𝑚𝑚 − 10 𝑚𝑚
= 83 𝑚𝑚 [ 25 𝑚𝑚 ≤ 𝑆 ≤ 75 𝑚𝑚] 𝑆 = 75𝑚𝑚 + 10 𝑚𝑚 = 85 𝑚𝑚
SHEAR IN COLUMN
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝟏𝟒𝑨𝒈
Problem 6.4
RC-1 Page 76
Problem 6.4
From the given figure, determine the required spacing of lateral reinforcement for a factored shear load 𝑉𝑢 = 450 𝑘𝑁 if the allowable shearing stress is
0.88 𝑀𝑃𝑎. Clear concrete cover of 12 mm diameter ties is 40 mm. 𝑓′ = 28 𝑀𝑃𝑎, 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎 and 𝑓 = 278 𝑀𝑃𝑎.
𝟕𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝟏𝟐 𝒎𝒎 ϕ
𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝟏𝟎 − 𝟐𝟖 𝒎𝒎 ϕ
𝑉𝑢 = 450 𝑘𝑁
Given :
𝟏𝟐 𝒎𝒎 ϕ
𝒅 = 𝟓𝟎𝟎 − 𝟒𝟎 − 𝟏𝟐 − 𝟐𝟖 𝟐 = 𝟒𝟑𝟒 𝒎𝒎
𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝟏𝟎 − 𝟐𝟖 𝒎𝒎 ϕ
𝟕𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
Solution:
⎯⎯⎯ 𝑵𝒖
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕 𝝀 𝒇 𝒄 𝟏 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒃𝒘 𝒅
𝟏𝟒𝑨𝒈
allowable concrete shear stress
𝟎. 𝟖𝟖 𝑴𝑷𝒂 𝑉
𝑉 = ϕ(𝑉 + 𝑉 ) ; 𝑉 = ⎯⎯− 𝑉
ϕ
𝑉 = 0.88 𝑏 𝑑 450
= ⎯⎯⎯⎯− 267.344
= 0.88(700)(434) 0.75
= 267.344 𝑘𝑁 = 332.656 𝑘𝑁
π
𝐴 = ⎯⎯(12) = 36π
𝑨𝒗 𝒇𝒚𝒕 𝒅 4
𝑺 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔
𝑓 = 278 𝑀𝑃𝑎
⎯⎯⎯
𝑽𝒔 ? 𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 𝒇 𝒄 𝒃𝒘 𝒅 𝒅
𝒔𝒎𝒂𝒙 = ⎯⎯ 𝒐𝒓 𝟔𝟎𝟎
4 ∗ 36𝜋(278)(434) 𝟐
𝑆 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ⎯⎯⎯
332.656𝑥10 332.656 𝑘𝑁 ? 0.33 √28(700) (434)
434
𝑠 = ⎯⎯⎯ = 217 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600
= 164.078 𝑚𝑚 2
𝑠𝑎𝑦 164 𝑚𝑚 𝑂. 𝐶 332.656 𝑘𝑁 < 530.494 𝑘𝑁
𝑠 = 217 𝑚𝑚 𝑜𝑟 600 𝑚𝑚
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑒, 𝒔 = 𝟏𝟔𝟒 𝒎𝒎
PLASTIC CENTROID
Geometric Centroid - Based on Geometric Shape
Plastic Centroid - Location of the resultant force cause by the tensile force and the compressive
RC-1 Page 77
Concrete : Steel :
𝐶 = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 Case 1 : Neglecting Concrete Holes 𝑻 = 𝒇𝒚 𝑨𝒔𝒕
Case 2 : Considering Concrete Holes 𝑻 = 𝒇𝒚 − 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄

𝑨𝒔𝒕
If not specified, use Case 2 .
Problem 6.5
A
𝟐𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎 𝟑𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
a.) Find the Geometric Centroid from Section A
b.) Plastic Centroid from Section A
𝟔𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎 𝟑𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎 c.) Bending Moment due to Pu=6,500 kN @ 270mm from section A.
𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝒎 ϕ
𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝑓′ = 21 𝑀𝑃𝑎, 𝑓 = 415 𝑀𝑃𝑎
Concrete cover from the centroid of bar = 65 𝑚𝑚
Solution:
a.) Find the Geometric Centroid from Section A
A
𝟐𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎 𝟑𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝐴 = 250(600) = 150,000 𝑥 = 125

𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝐴 = 350(300) = 105,000 𝑥 = 425
𝐴
𝐴 𝐴 = 𝐴 + 𝐴 = 150,000 + 105,000 = 255,000
𝟔𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎 𝟑𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎
Geometric Centroid:
𝐴 𝑥̅ = ∑𝐴𝑥
𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝒎𝒎
𝐴 𝑥̅ = 𝐴 𝑥 + 𝐴 𝑥
𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝒎 255,000𝑥̅ = 150,000(125 ) + 105,000(425)

𝟒𝟐𝟓 𝒎𝒎
𝑥̅ = 248.529 𝑚𝑚
b.) Plastic Centroid from Section A

Concrete :
A
𝐶 = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴 𝐶 = 0.85𝑓 𝑐 𝐴
= 0.85(21)(150,000) = 0.85(21)(105,000)
= 2,677,500 𝑁 = 1,874,250 𝑁
= 2,677.5 𝑘𝑁 = 1,874.25 𝑘𝑁
𝑥 = 125 𝑥 = 425
𝐶 𝐶
Steel :
𝑇 = 𝑓 − 0.85𝑓 𝐴 𝑇 = 𝑓 − 0.85𝑓 𝐴
π π
= [415 − 0.85(21)] ⎯⎯(25) ∗ 4 = [415 − 0.85(21)] ⎯⎯(25) ∗ 2
4 4
= 779.8 𝑘𝑁 = 389.90 𝑘𝑁
𝑥 = 65 𝑥 = 250 − 65 = 185
𝑇 𝑇 𝑇
𝑇 = 𝑓 − 0.85𝑓 𝐴
π
= [415 − 0.85(21)] ⎯⎯(25) ∗ 4
4
= 779.8 𝑘𝑁
𝑥 = 250 + 350 − 65 = 535
RC-1 Page 78
Plastic Centroid:
𝐹 𝑥̅ = ∑𝐹𝑥
𝐹 𝑥̅ = 𝐶 𝑥 + 𝐶 𝑥 +𝑇 𝑥 + 𝑇𝑥 +𝑇 𝑥 𝐹 = 2,677.5 𝑘𝑁 + 1,874.25 𝑘𝑁 + 779.8 𝑘𝑁 + 389.90 𝑘𝑁 + 779.8 𝑘𝑁 = 6,501.25 𝑘𝑁
6,501.25𝑥̅ = 2,677.5(125 ) + 1,874.25(425) + 779.8(65) + 389.9(185) + 779.8(535)
𝑥̅ = 257.07 𝑚𝑚
c.) Bending Moment due to Pu=6,500 kN @ 270mm from section A.
𝑒=𝑥 −𝑥
= 270 𝑚𝑚 − 257.07𝑚𝑚
= 12.93 𝑚𝑚 = 0.01293 𝑚
𝐹 𝑃
𝑀 = 𝑃 ∗𝑒
𝑒 = 6,500 𝑘𝑁 ∗ (0.01293 𝑚)
= 84.045 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚
ECCENTRICALLY LOADED COLUMN
N.A.
𝒄 𝑷𝒃𝒏
𝒂
Given: 𝑑 = 62.5 𝑚𝑚
𝒅′
700 mm
350 mm
fy = 414 MPa
𝒅 𝑑 = 537.5 𝑚𝑚 f'c= 20.7 MPa
𝒙 28 mm main bar
𝒛 𝒆𝒃
Req'd:
a.) Determine the nominal balanced load , balanced eccentricity and balanced moment of the column.
𝒅′
b.) Check the column adequacy for 𝑃 = 900 𝑘𝑁 and 𝑀 = 405 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
Load Diagram :
c.) Check the column adequacy for 𝑃 = 1,600 𝑘𝑁 and 𝑀 = 320 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
𝑷𝒃𝒏
𝑪𝒄
T
𝒅−𝒂 𝟐 𝑪𝒔 ′
𝒅 − 𝒅′
ε𝒚
Strain Diagram :
ε𝒔 ′ ε𝒄
Solution:
a.) 𝑷𝒃𝒏 , 𝒆𝒃 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑴𝒃𝒏
From the Strain Diagram:

𝒄 𝒅 𝒇𝒚
⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ ε𝒚 = ⎯⎯⎯
ε𝒄 ε𝒄 + ε𝒚 𝑬𝒔
𝑐 𝑑
⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.003 𝑓
0.003 + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒄 − 𝒅′
200,000 𝒇𝒔 ′ = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
600𝑑
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
600 + 𝑓 318 − 62.5
𝑓 ′ = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 482.1 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 > 𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠 , 𝑓 = 𝑓
318
𝑐 = 318.047 𝑚𝑚
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄
𝑪𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇′𝒄 𝒂𝒃 17 < 𝑓′ = 20.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 < 28
𝛽 = 0.85 𝑎 = 0.85(318.047 𝑚𝑚)
𝐶 = 0.85(20.7)[0.85(318.047)](350)
RC-1 Page 79
𝐶 = 1,664.82 𝑘𝑁
π(28𝑚𝑚) π(28𝑚𝑚)
𝐴 = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝐴 ′ = 3 · ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
4 4
𝐴 = 588π 𝑚𝑚 𝐴 ′ = 588π 𝑚𝑚
Considering Concrete Holes

𝑻 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚 𝑪𝒔 ′ = 𝒇𝒚 − 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝑨𝒔𝒕
𝑇 = 588𝜋(414) 𝐶 ′ = [414 − 0.85(20.7)] 588𝜋

𝑇 = 764.764 𝑘𝑁
𝐶 = 732.262 𝑘𝑁
∑𝐹 = 0
𝑃 +𝑇=𝐶 +𝐶 ′
𝑃 = 𝐶 +𝐶 −𝑇
𝑃 = 1,664.82 𝑘𝑁 + 732.262 𝑘𝑁 − 764.764 𝑘𝑁
𝑷𝒃𝒏 = 𝟏, 𝟔𝟑𝟐. 𝟑𝟏𝟖 𝒌𝑵
∑𝑀 = 0
𝑃 (𝑥) = 𝐶 𝑑 − 𝑎 2 + 𝐶 ′(𝑑 − 𝑑 )
0.85(318.047)
1,632.318 (𝑥) = 1,664.82 537.5 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 732.262(537.5 − 62.5)
2
𝑥 = 623.427 𝑚𝑚
𝑥 =𝑧+𝑒 ℎ − 2𝐶 600 − 2(62.5)

𝑧 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯= ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
2 2
𝑒 =𝑥−𝑧
𝑧 = 237.5𝑚𝑚
𝑒 = 623.427 𝑚𝑚 − 237.5 𝑚𝑚
𝒆𝒃 = 𝟑𝟖𝟓. 𝟗𝟐𝟕 𝒎𝒎
𝑴𝒃𝒏 = 𝑷𝒃𝒏 ∗ 𝒆𝒃
𝑀 = 1,632.318 𝑘𝑁 ∗ 0.385927 𝑚
𝑴𝒃𝒏 = 𝟔𝟐𝟗. 𝟗𝟓𝟔 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎
b.) Check the column adequacy for 𝑃 = 900 𝑘𝑁 and 𝑀 = 405 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
𝑴𝒖 405 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
𝒆 = ⎯⎯⎯ ; 𝑒 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑷𝒖 900 𝑘𝑁
𝑒 = 0.45 𝑚 = 450 𝑚𝑚
𝑒 > 𝑒 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑠 ( 𝑓 = 𝑓 )
∴ 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝒎𝒂𝒚 𝑜𝑟 𝒎𝒂𝒚 𝒏𝒐𝒕 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑

Assume 𝑓 = 𝑓
𝑪𝒔 ′ = 𝒇𝒚 − 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝑨𝒔𝒕 𝑪𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇′𝒄 𝒂𝒃 𝑻 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒚
𝐶 ′ = [414 − 0.85(20.7)] 588𝜋 𝐶 = 0.85(20.7)(𝑎)(350) 𝑇 = 588𝜋(414)
𝐶 = 732.262 𝑘𝑁 𝑇 = 764.764 𝑘𝑁
𝐶 = 6.15825𝑎 𝑘𝑁
∑𝐹 = 0
𝑃 +𝑇=𝐶 +𝐶 ′ 𝑥 = 𝑧+𝑒
𝑥 = 237.5 + 450
𝑃 = 𝐶 +𝐶 −𝑇
𝑥 = 687.5 𝑚𝑚
𝑃 = 732.262 + 6.15825𝑎 − 764.764
𝑷𝒏 = 6.15825𝑎 − 32.502 𝑘𝑁
RC-1 Page 80
∑𝑀 = 0
𝑃 (𝑥) = 𝐶 𝑑 − 𝑎 2 + 𝐶 ′(𝑑 − 𝑑 )
𝑎
(6.15825𝑎 − 32.502) (687.5 ) = 6.15825𝑎 537.5 − ⎯⎯ + 732.262(537.5 − 62.5)
2
𝑎 = 227.782 𝑚𝑚
𝒂
𝒂 = 𝜷𝟏 𝒄 ; 𝒄 = ⎯⎯⎯
𝜷𝟏
227.782 𝑚𝑚
𝑐 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
0.85
𝑐 = 267.9788 𝑚𝑚
𝒄−𝒅 𝒅−𝒄
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄 𝒄
267.782 − 62.5 537.5 − 267.9788

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
267.782 267.9788
𝑓 = 459.9607 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 603.4534 𝑀𝑃𝑎

𝑓 > 𝑓 𝒐𝒌 𝑓 > 𝑓 𝒐𝒌
𝑃 = 6.15825𝑎 − 32.502 𝑘𝑁
𝑃 = 6.15825(227.782) − 32.502 𝑘𝑁
𝑃 = 1,370.236 𝑘𝑁
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓𝑷𝒏
𝑃 = 0.65(1,370.236 𝑘𝑁)
𝑃 = 890.6534 𝑘𝑁
𝑃 = 890.6534 𝑘𝑁 < 900 𝑘𝑁 ∴ 𝑁𝑂𝑇 𝑆𝐴𝐹𝐸 !

Column section is not adequate.
c.) Check the column adequacy for 𝑃 = 1,600 𝑘𝑁 and 𝑀 = 320 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
𝑴𝒖 320 𝑘𝑁 · 𝑚.
𝒆 = ⎯⎯⎯ ; 𝑒 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑷𝒖 1600 𝑘𝑁
𝑒 = 0.2 𝑚 = 200 𝑚𝑚
𝑒 < 𝑒 ∴ 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑𝑠 ( 𝑓 ′ = 𝑓 )
∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑑𝑜𝑒𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑 𝑓 ≠ 𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑓 < 𝑓

• 𝑓 =𝑓
𝑪𝒔 ′ = 𝒇𝒚 − 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇 𝒄
𝑨𝒔𝒕 𝑪𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝒇′𝒄 𝒂𝒃 𝑻 = 𝑨𝒔 𝒇𝒔
𝐶 ′ = [414 − 0.85(20.7)] 588𝜋 𝟓𝟑𝟕. 𝟓 − 𝒄

𝐶 = 0.85(20.7)(0.85𝑐)(350) 𝑇 = 588𝜋 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄
𝐶 = 732.262 𝑘𝑁 𝐶 = 5.23451𝑐 𝑘𝑁
537.5 − 𝑐
𝑇 = 1,108.35389 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑘𝑁
𝑐
∑𝐹 = 0
𝑃 +𝑇=𝐶 +𝐶 ′
𝑃 =𝐶 +𝐶 −𝑇 𝑥 =𝑧+𝑒
537.5 − 𝑐 𝑥 = 237.5 + 200

𝑃 = 5.23451𝑐 + 732.262 − 1,108.35389 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐
Eq.1 𝑥 = 437.5 𝑚𝑚
∑𝑀 = 0
𝑃 𝑥 = 𝐶 𝑑 − 𝑎 2 + 𝐶 ′(𝑑 − 𝑑 )
RC-1 Page 81
𝑃 (𝑥) = 𝐶 𝑑 − 𝑎 2 + 𝐶 ′(𝑑 − 𝑑 )
0.85𝑐
𝑃 (437.5 ) = 5.23451𝑐 537.5 − ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + 732.262(537.5 − 62.5)
2
5.23451𝑐 (537.5 − 0.425𝑐) 732.262(537.5 − 62.5)

𝑃 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ + ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
437.5 437.5
5.23451𝑐
𝑃 = ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯(537.5 − 0.425𝑐) + 795.0273
437.5
𝑃 = 6.43096𝑐 − 0.00508𝑐 + 795.0273

Eq.2
From Eq.1 and Eq.2
𝑃 =𝑃
537.5 − 𝑐
5.23451𝑐 + 732.262 − 1,108.35389 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ = 6.43096𝑐 − 0.00508𝑐 + 795.0273
𝑐
𝑐 = 416.749 𝑚𝑚
𝒄−𝒅 𝒅−𝒄
𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝒇𝒔 = 𝟔𝟎𝟎 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝒄 𝒄
267.782 − 62.5 537.5 − 267.9788

𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯ 𝑓 = 600 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
267.782 267.9788
𝑓 = 510.02 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑓 = 173.85 𝑀𝑃𝑎

𝑓 > 𝑓 𝒐𝒌 𝑓 < 𝑓 𝒐𝒌 𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡!
537.5 − 𝑐
𝑃 = 5.23451𝑐 + 732.262 − 1,108.35389 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
𝑐
537.5 − 416.749
𝑃 = 5.23451(416.749) + 732.262 − 1,108.35389 ⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯
416.749
𝑃 = 2,592.598 𝑘𝑁
𝑷𝒖 = 𝝓𝑷𝒏
𝑃 = 0.65(2,592.598 𝑘𝑁)
𝑃 = 1,685.1887 𝑘𝑁
𝑃 = 1,685.1887 𝑘𝑁 > 1,600 𝑘𝑁 ∴ 𝐼𝑇 𝐼𝑆 𝑆𝐴𝐹𝐸 !

Column section is adequate.
RC-1 Page 82
Prelim Examination
Tuesday, 28 March 2023 1:37 pm
1. A non-rectangular beam as shown in the figure with total depth 700 mm has 𝑓 =345 𝑀𝑃𝑎
and 𝑓′ = 29 𝑀𝑃𝑎.The beam is simply supported over a span of 6 m. Unit weight of
concrete is 23.5 . Other than the beam weight, the beam carries a superimposed
dead load of 50 𝑘𝑁⁄𝑚 and a live load of two concentrated 50 kN load symmetrically
placed at the beam.
a. Determine the maximum factored moment of the beam.
b. Determine the required number of 20 mm tension bars.
2. From the beam shown below M and n are given as a unit, give and discuss the steps on
finding the stresses on the beam using transformed-area method. Include the formulas
and free body diagram needed to solve the stresses on the beams.
3. Enumerate and discuss the steps on the analysis of singly rectangular beam. Also include the
derivation of formula in each item, free body diagram and the NSCP provisions needed.
RC-1 Page 83
RC-1 Page 84

Lesson-4 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lesson-4 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lesson 1: Introduction to Reinforced Concrete Design

What is a Reinforced Concrete?

 Concrete and Reinforced Concrete

 Advantages of Reinforced Concrete as a Structural Material

 It has considerable compressive strength per unit cost.

 American Concrete Institute (ACI)

Properties of Concrete (Section 419 - NSCP 2015)

 Elastic modulus quantifies a material's resistance to non-permanent, or elastic deformation.

Combination of Loads (Section 203 - NSCP 2015)

Three distinct stages before collapse occurs:

I. Uncracked Concrete Stages

II. Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage

 𝑴𝒄𝒓 - Cracking Moment

 Tensile stress at the bottom equals modulus of rupture 𝒇𝒔 = 𝒇𝒓

 The compression stress at the top is less that 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄 𝒇𝒄 < 𝟎. 𝟓𝒇 𝒄

 Steel stress is less than yield stress 𝒇𝒔 < 𝒇𝒚

III. Ultimate-strength Stage

 Yield stress as approached

Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage

How to solve the Cracking Moment , 𝑴𝒄𝒓 (Uncracked Concrete Stages)

Note: If 𝑀 . < 𝑀 means no cracked on the beam

From the Flexure Bending Formula:

𝑴·𝒚 where: 𝑓 = bending stress

𝝀 = 0.75 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑙𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒

From the given figure below,

𝒇 = 𝟐. 𝟗𝟔 𝑴𝑷𝒂 𝒇 is less than 𝒇𝒓 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑖𝑠 𝑛𝑜𝑡 𝑐𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑘𝑒𝑑.

𝑴𝒄𝒓 = 𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝒌𝑵 − 𝒎

𝑴 = 𝟑𝟕 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 < 𝑴𝒄𝒓 = 𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝒌𝑵 · 𝒎 𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒆, 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒊𝒔 𝒖𝒏𝒄𝒓𝒂𝒄𝒌𝒆𝒅.

Concrete Cracked-Elastic Stresses Stage - Solving using Transformed Section

 Concrete on tensile side is cracked (unable to resist tension)

n𝐴 − 𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑡𝑜 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎

 Steps in Solving Transformed Section

Note: For DOUBLY REINFORCED BEAM

Taking moments about the Neutral Axis:

Flexural Stress on Concrete , 𝒇𝒄

Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔

𝒇𝒔 = 𝟏𝟒𝟏. 𝟓𝟎𝟏 𝑴𝑷𝒂

Flexural Stress on Concrete , 𝒇𝒄

Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔

𝒇𝒔 = 𝟏𝟖, 𝟗𝟗𝟔. 𝟖𝟎𝟔 𝒑𝒔𝒊

Note: For DOUBLY REINFORCED BEAM

(𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏)𝑨′𝒔 Taking moments about the Neutral Axis:

Flexural Stress on Concrete , 𝒇𝒄

Flexural Stress on Steel , 𝒇𝒔 & 𝒇′𝒔

𝒇𝒔 = 𝟐𝟑, 𝟐𝟓𝟏. 𝟗𝟗𝟐 𝒑𝒔𝒊

𝒇′𝒔 = 𝟏𝟔, 𝟔𝟐𝟑. 𝟓𝟗𝟔 𝒑𝒔𝒊

 b= width of compression face of the beam

Given by the code: 𝑴𝒖 = 𝝓𝑴𝒏

From figure (a): From figure (b):

𝑪=𝑻 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑪 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐) 𝑴𝒏 = 𝑻 (𝒅 − 𝒂⁄𝟐)

From figure (c): Note:

𝑓 • 𝑓 > 𝑓 ∴ 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑤𝑖𝑙𝑙 𝑦𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑, 𝑡ℎ𝑢𝑠, 𝑢𝑠𝑒 𝑓 = 𝑓

 Ratio of the Steel Reinforcement, ρ

𝝆𝒎𝒊𝒏 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑏𝑒 𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒; 𝑎𝑡 𝝆𝒎𝒂𝒙 ; ε = 0.004

• Maximum steel reinforcement ratio, 𝜌 0.55 0.5 0.6

By ratio and proportion:

From: 𝑪=𝑻 Where: 𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅

• Tension Controlled ; 𝜀 = 0.005

By ratio and proportion:

From: 𝑪=𝑻 Where: 𝑨𝒔 = 𝝆𝒃𝒅

𝑑−𝑐 500 − 86.76537

Step 2: Classify the Section

𝑓 > 1000 ∴ 𝑇𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑑 ϕ = 0.90